Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009))

Factory Workshop Manual Make Acura Model Tl Fwd Engine and year V6-3.5L (2009) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Alarm Module: Locations Component Location Index Immobilizer System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 8 Alarm Module: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 9 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 10 Alarm Module: Service and Repair Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit Replacement 1. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the immobilizer-keyless control unit (B). 3. Remove the two screws and the immobilizer-keyless control unit. 4. Install the immobilizer-keyless control unit in the reverse order of removal. 5. After replacement, register the immobilizer-keyless control unit, See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. 6. Program all of the client's keys/keyless transmitters. See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance Module > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair Communications Control Module: Technical Service Bulletins AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair 08-051 March 7, 2011 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED AcuraLink Control Unit (XM/HIP Receiver) In-Warranty Exchange/ Out-of-Warranty Repair (Supersedes 08-051, dated September 25, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *^Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the model years and models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, some 2010 and 2011 model year parts were added. ^ Under IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE DIAGNOSIS, INFORMATION, the Service Consultant procedures were changed.* BACKGROUND Remanufactured AcuraLink control units (XM receivers) are now available for certain models. VEHICLES AFFECTED Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 18 PARTS INFORMATION COMPONENT REPLACEMENT POLICY Use only remanufactured components for warranty repairs on client vehicles. Follow the warranty information and procedures given in this service bulletin. ^ Use new components to repair new, unsold vehicles. ^ A new component may be used to repair a client's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. ^ You must receive authorization from your District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM) before ordering a new component. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: From the Flat Rate Manual Flat Rate Time: From the Flat Rate Manual Failed Part: Use the RM part number from the repair order, without the RM suffix. For example: P/N 39820-TL2-A52 Defect Code: From the Flat Rate Manual Symptom Code: From the Flat Rate Manual Part used for repair: Use the RM part number from the repair order. Example: P/N 39820-TL2-A52RM Skill Level: Repair Technician IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE DIAGNOSIS Service Consultant: *1. Interview the client to get as much information as possible. Information such as where and when the problem occurs is vital to the diagnosis including any information/dates of exchanges between the client and XM support. This information also helps you to determine if the AcuraLink control unit is operating normally, or if a problem exists with the client's XM account. Write the complaint on the repair order. 2. Call XM Satellite Radio at 800-852-9696 to verify the client's account status and the current services being provided. For example, is the client paying for XM, but not traffic or weather? NOTE: Do not take the client's word for this. Call and verify the account status yourself.* Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 19 Service Technician: 1. Print out the AcuraLink Control Unit Core Return Form from an iN workstation. ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter keywords ACURALINK CORE RETURN. - Select AcuraLink Control Unit Core Return Form from the list. 2. Duplicate and confirm the problem using the client information written on the repair order, then write down the results on the repair order. Using the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX in the appropriate service manual, find the symptom that matches the client's complaint, and follow the diagnostic procedure: ^ Refer to the appropriate section in the service manual, or ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter keyword ACURALINK. - Select the appropriate Service Bulletin, ServiceNews article, or Symptom Troubleshooting from the list. 3. Repair the vehicle according to your diagnosis, then confirm the repair by trying to duplicate the client's original complaint: ^ If the problem is gone, return the vehicle to the client. ^ If the problem is still there, go to step 4. 4. Replace the AcuraLink control unit with a remanufactured unit: ^ For warranty repairs, go to IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE. ^ For vehicle service contract (VSC) and certified used car (CUC) repairs, call 800-999-5901. ^ For goodwill repairs, contact your DPSM. IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE Service Technician: 1. If, after reviewing all publications available through the iN and talking directly to XM support you cannot repair the problem, order a remanufactured AcuraLink control unit through the Open Ordering System. 2. You will receive a remanufactured AcuraLink control unit, packed in a reusable shipping box. Save this box and the packing materials. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 20 You must return the failed AcuraLink control unit core in this box. Otherwise, your dealership risks being billed a $1,500.00 core loss charge and the core will be sent back to your dealership. 3. Remove and replace the failed AcuraLink control unit: ^ Refer to the Audio, Navigation, and Telematics section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Online, enter keywords ACURALINK REMOVAL, and select AcuraLink Control Unit (XM Receiver) Removal/Installation from the list. NOTE: Call XM Satellite Radio at 800-852-9696 to update the client's account with the new XM/HIP serial number. Also, call Acura Client Services to reactivate AcuraLink. 4. Make sure the failed AcuraLink control unit core is not disassembled. If the core is disassembled your dealership will be debited a $1,500 core loss charge. 5. Put the failed AcuraLink control unit core in the same box that the remanufactured unit came in. Parts Manager: 6. Place the printed copy of the completed AcuraLink Control Unit Core Return Form and the paid warranty claim form into the core return box with the failed AcuraLink control unit core. 7. Ship the failed AcuraLink control unit core to the appropriate location by using the prepaid shipping label that came with the remanufactured AcuraLink control unit. If you need additional prepaid shipping labels, contact Remanufactured Parts Operations. ^ Complete the shipping label with your dealer information. ^ Pack one control unit per box, and use a separate shipping label for each one. ^ On the line requesting Your Internal Reference Information, enter YOUR DEALER NUMBER and the WARRANTY CLAIM NUMBER. NOTE: If the failed AcuraLink control unit core is not received at the specified address within 30 days from the warranty claim paid date, your warranty claim will be debited, and your dealership will be issued a core loss fee of $1,500. 8. On the repair order, write down the warranty claim number, the original part number, the serial numbers from both the faulty and remanufactured units, and the return tracking number. 9. Ship the faulty unit in the same box the remanufactured unit came in. Make sure you include this required paperwork: ^ A copy of the AcuraLink Control Unit Core Return Form. ^ A copy of the paid warranty claim. NOTE: If you return a failed AcuraLink control unit core without the proper forms, your warranty claim will be debited, and the core will be sent back to your dealership. OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR NOTE: If you are making a repair or exchange because of a service bulletin or a service campaign, do not use OUT-OF-WARRANTY procedures. Refer to IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE for more information. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 21 Service Consultant: 1. Give your client an estimate for repairing the unit (see step 6), plus the labor cost to replace it. Service Technician: 2. Print out the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form. ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter keywords ACURALINK REPAIR FORM. - Select Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form from the list. 3. Fill out the technician section of the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form. 4. Remove the faulty unit. Give the unit to your parts department. Parts Manager: 5. Fill out the parts manager section of the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form. Make sure you include your name, a department, and a dealership phone number in the blank space on the repair form. 6. Contact the manufacturer to request an estimate for the cost of the repair plus shipping. Prices are subject to change; please call for a current firm price on repair. 7. Get the required paperwork: ^ Paying by check - Issue a dealership check made out to Pioneer Electronics for the cost of the repair and return shipping. ^ Paying by credit card (Visa or MasterCard only) - the control unit repair form must be completed by the parts manager. When you use a credit card, fill in all of these fields: - Credit card number - Credit card expiration date - Printed name (as shown on credit card) - Signature (authorized card holder) - Phone number - Authorized charge amount NOTE: If you send a faulty unit without a check or complete credit card information, it may result in additional time to process your repair, and the manufacturer may send the unit back to you unrepaired, or they may repair it and send it back C.O.D. ^ Make a copy of the completed Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form. If you send the manufacturer the faulty unit without a copy of the form, they will hold the unit unrepaired until they receive one. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 22 8. Carefully pack the faulty unit and the paperwork in a suitable box, and label the box clearly. You are responsible for lost or damaged units; keep all shipping documents and insurance receipts. 9. Ship the faulty unit to Pioneer Electronics via UPS. Pioneer Electronics Service, Inc. 2161 Dividend Dr. Columbus, OH 43228 614-777-7200 NOTE: ^ The manufacturer will repair the unit and ship it back within 5-7 working days, via UPS Ground prepaid, or 2nd Day Air (whichever you requested). Units damaged by misuse or mishandling cannot be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ The manufacturer guarantees the repair for 90 days from the date of the paid client repair order. 10. To check on the status of your repair order, call the manufacturer. If your client has any further questions or concerns, have them call Acura Client Services. NOTE: A damaged unit may need extra repair. If so, the manufacturer will call you with an estimate of any added charges. ^ If you accept the estimate, mail a dealership check for the additional amount to the manufacturer, authorize the increased amount to be applied to the credit card payment, or have the manufacturer ship the repaired unit back to you, and you pay the difference upon arrival (C.O.D.). ^ If you reject the estimate, the faulty unit will be returned to you along with a refund. However, you will be charged $30.00 (C.O.D.) for diagnosis, shipping, and handling. The unit will be shipped back to you, via UPS Ground. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 23 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 24 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Control Unit Warr Exchg./Non-Warr Repair > Page 25 Completing The Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement AcuraLink Control Unit Repair Form Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Communications Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 26 Communications Control Module: Service and Repair HandsFreeLink Control Unit Removal/Installation NOTE: Tell the customer they need to write down all phone numbers as there is no way to transfer the information in the original HandsFreeLink control unit to a new HandsFreeLink control unit. 1. Remove the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the HandsFreeLink 28P connector (A). NOTE: With keyless access: Disconnect the LF antenna 2P connector (B). 3. Remove the screws (A) and HandsFreeLink control unit (B). 4. Install the HandsFreeLink control unit in the reverse order of removal. After replacing the HandsFreeLink control unit, tell the client: - They need to pair their phones to the system. - They need to set up their system preferences. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software Emergency Contact Module: Technical Service Bulletins AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software 07-027 September 13, 2008 Applies To: ALL Vehicles With AcuraLink Updating the AcuraLink Control Unit (Supersedes 07-027, dated March 7, 2008, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) NOTE: The procedures in this service bulletin are referenced in other service bulletins. All Acura models equipped with the AcuraLink option have a reprogrammable AcuraLink control unit. This unit is also known as the XM (HIP) receiver. To update or reprogram the AcuraLink control unit, you need the vehicle and an Interactive Network (iN) workstation with the latest version of the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) software and the GNA600 unit. NOTE: ^ For information on installing the HDS software to your iN workstation, refer to Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software in the Tool Information menu under SEARCH BY PUBLICATION on ISIS. ^ Whenever you install a new AcuraLink control unit, you must use the AcuraLink control unit updating procedure to make sure it has the latest software. This service bulletin describes these items: ^ Questions or problems with the AcuraLink update software, the GNA600 unit, or the Interactive Network ^ Required tools and equipment ^ Updating tips * ^ Updating the AcuraLink control unit on the 2007-08 TLs and the 2007-09 MDXs ^ Updating the AcuraLink control unit on models other than 2007-08 TLs and 2007-09 MDXs* ^ Verifying the AcuraLink system operation (described after each updating procedure) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Skill Level: Repair Technician Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing. QUESTIONS OR PROBLEMS WITH THE ACURALINK UPDATE SOFTWARE, THE GNA600 UNIT, OR THE INTERACTIVE NETWORK For questions or problems with the AcuraLink update software or the GNA600, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline. For questions or problems with the Interactive Network (iN), call the iN Support Center. REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 31 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 32 iN Workstation (with the latest HDS software installed) UPDATING TIPS ^ Whenever you install a new AcuraLink control unit, you must use the AcuraLink control unit updating procedure to make sure it has the latest software. ^ If you are updating a control unit in a new vehicle, make sure all the fuses are installed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 33 ^ To prevent damage to the control unit, do not operate anything electrical (brakes, headlights, etc.) during the update. ^ If you encounter errors in the software or the updating process, follow the on-screen instructions or reboot the workstation, and try again. ^ There are five processes involved in updating the AcuraLink control unit: - Setting up the GNA600 - Capturing the current program ID - Downloading the new software to the GNA600 unit - Updating the software in the AcuraLink control unit - Verifying the AcuraLink system operation NOTE: Before you update an AcuraLink control unit, read the entire procedure. The order of connecting and disconnecting connectors is critical, and some steps must be done within a specified period of time. If the steps are not followed exactly as shown, you may have to repeat the procedure from the beginning and, in some cases, you may damage the GNA600 unit and/or the AcuraLink control unit. UPDATING THE ACURALINK CONTROL UNIT: 2007-08 TL AND 2007-09 MDX 1. Write down the XM audio presets. 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). *3. Connect an Acura Diagnostic Battery Station (GR8-1100PA) to the battery, and select Power Supply from the Options menu. Follow the prompts on the screen to start the power supply mode. If the battery station indicates that the battery must be charged before reprogramming, select YES to charge the battery. Restart the power supply mode when the battery is fully charged. Do not use a battery charger or the charging mode on the battery station when updating the AcuraLink control unit* [NOTICE] If the battery dies during the updating procedure, the AcuraLink control unit will be permanently damaged. At the workstation: Setting up the GNA600 unit 4. If not already done, load the latest HDS software onto the iN workstation. ^ If the latest version is not loaded and you try to update a control unit, the sofiware may indicate that the unit already has the latest software, even though it does not. ^ For information on installing the HDS sofiware to your iN workstation, refer to Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software in the Tool Information menu under SEARCH BY PUBLICATION on ISIS. *5. Make sure the 256 MB PCMCIA memory card or the PCMCIA to CF adapter with the CF memory card is in the PCMCIA slot under the clear plastic cover on the GNA600 unit.* 6. From the Windows Start menu on your iN workstation, go to the Programs folder and select CM Update, and then select AcuraLink Update. Follow the on-screen instructions. The on-screen instructions are summarized in the following steps. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 34 7. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the workstation and to the GNA600. *8. Connect the GNA600 unit to the power supply unit, and connect the power supply unit to an electrical outlet. The GNA600 unit starts a self-check, and after about 30 seconds, the LEDs on the GNA600 unit flash green and yellow. This indicates the GNA600 is ready to capture the current program ID on the vehicle.* 9. Disconnect the GNA600 unit from the USB PC interface cable and the power supply. At the vehicle: Capturing the current program ID 10. Make sure the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink 5P connector. NOTE: The AcuraLink update software shows the connector location on the workstation screen. 11. Connect the black connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable adapter to the 5P connector (with female terminals) on the vehicle, then connect the orange connector to the other 5P connector. 12. Connect the blue No.1 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the blue connector of the reprogramming cable adapter. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 35 13. Connect the black No.2 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the DLC cable. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA6OO unit. The LEDs on the GNA6OO unit flash green and yellow. Within 30 seconds of the LEDs flashing, do step 14. 14. Connect the yellow No.3 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the yellow connector of the reprogramming cable adapter. 15. After the green LEDs on the GNA600 unit stay on, disconnect the DLC cable from the unit. The current program ID has been captured. 16. Disconnect the yellow No.3 connector of the reprogramming cable from the cable adapter. At the workstation: Downloading the new software to the GNA600 unit 17. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the GNA6OO unit. 18. Connect the power supply cord to the GNA6OO unit. 19. Follow the screen prompts on the iN workstation to download the latest sofiware to the GNA6OO unit. The on-screen messages indicate if the AcuraLink control unit has the latest software programs. ^ If the AcuraLink control unit has the latest sofiware programs, go to step 24. ^ If you see a screen that says, "Current Main Program ID Not Found" or Current Sub-Program ID Not Found," select Enter to continue. 20. When the software download is completed, disconnect the USB PC interface cable and the power supply cord from the GNA600 unit. At the vehicle: Updating the software in the AcuraLink control unit 21. Reconnect the DLC cable to the GNA600. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 36 22. Within 30 seconds of the LEDs on the GNA600 flashing green and yellow, reconnect the yellow No.3 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the yellow connector of the reprogramming cable adapter. NOTE: The time to update the software in the AcuraLink control unit varies, depending on the size of the main and sub-update programs. 23. After the yellow LEDs on the GNA6OO stay on and the reprogramming is complete, disconnect the DLC cable from the GNA600. The AcuraLink control unit has been updated. *24. Disconnect both cable adapter connectors from the vehicle, then wait at least 20 seconds before reconnecting the AcuraLink 5P connectors.* 25. Reattach the 5P connector to its mounting location to prevent rattles. 26. Disconnect the reprogramming cable adapter from the reprogramming cable, and disconnect the reprogramming cable from the DLC cable before storing the GNA600 kit components. Verifying the AcuraLink system operation 27. Do the AcuraLink self-diagnosis: ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and accept the navigation system disclaimer. ^ On the navigation buttons, press MAP/GUIDE, MENU, and CANCEL simultaneously until the "Select Diagnosis Items" screen comes on. ^ On the navigation screen, select XM (HIP). ^ Select XM (HIP) System Link. * ^ Make sure the self-diagnosis is OK (all blocks are green). If a problem is indicated, refer to the appropriate service manual.* 28. Enter the XM audio presets. UPDATING THE ACURALINK CONTROL UNIT: MODELS OTHER THAN 2007-08 TL AND 2007-09 MDX 1. Write down the XM audio presets. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 37 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). *3. Connect an Acura Diagnostic Battery Station (GR8-1100PA) to the battery, and select Power Supply from the Options menu. Follow the prompts on the screen to start the power supply mode. If the battery station indicates that the battery must be charged before reprogramming, select YES to charge the battery. Restart the power supply mode when the battery is fully charged. Do not use a battery charger or the charging mode on the battery station when updating the AcuraLink control unit.* [NOTICE] If the battery dies during the updating procedure, the AcuraLink control unit will be permanently damaged. At the workstation: Setting up the GNA600 4. If not already done, load the latest HDS software onto the iN workstation. NOTE: ^ If the latest version is not loaded and you try to update a control unit, the software may indicate that the unit already has the latest sofiware, even though it does not. ^ For information on installing the HDS software to your iN workstation, refer to Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software in the Tool Information menu under SEARCH BY PUBLICATION on ISIS. *5. Make sure the 256 MB PCMCIA memory card or the PCMCIA to CF adapter with the CF memory card is in the PCMCIA slot under the clear plastic cover on the GNA600 unit.* 6. From the Windows Start menu on your iN workstation, go to the Programs folder and select CM Update, and then select AcuraLink Update. Follow the on-screen instructions. The on-screen instructions are summarized in the following steps. 7. Connect the GNA600 USB PC interface cable to the workstation and to the GNA600. *8. Connect the GNA600 unit to the power supply unit, and connect the power supply unit to an electrical outlet. The GNA600 starts a self-check, and after about 30 seconds, the LEDs on the GNA6OO flash green and yellow. This indicates the GNA600 is ready to capture the current program ID on the vehicle.* 9. Disconnect the GNA600 from the USB PC interface cable and the power supply. At the vehicle: Capturing the current program I.D. 10. Make sure the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0), or the vehicle ignition is in the OFF mode. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink 5P connector. NOTE: The AcuraLink update software shows the connector location on the workstation screen. 11. Connect the blue No.1 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the 5P connector (with male terminals) in the vehicle. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 38 RDX shown for reference 12. Connect the black No.2 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the DLC cable. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA600. The LEDs on the GNA6OO flash green and yellow. Within 30 seconds of the LEDs flashing, do step 13. 13. Connect the yellow No.3 connector of the Acuralink reprogramming cable to the other 5P connector. 14. After the green LEDs on the GNA600 stay on, disconnect the DLC cable from the GNA6OO. The current program ID has been captured. 15. Disconnect the yellow No.3 connector of the reprogramming cable from the vehicle. At the workstation: Downloading the new software to the GNA600 16. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the GNA6OO. 17. Connect the power supply cord to the GNA600. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 39 18. Follow the screen prompts on the iN workstation to download the latest sofiware to the GNA6OO unit. The on-screen messages indicate if the AcuraLink control unit has the latest software programs. ^ If the AcuraLink control unit has the latest sofiware programs, go to step 23. ^ If you see a screen that says, "Current Main [or Sub] Program ID Not Found" or Current SubProgram ID Not Found," select Enter to continue. 19. Disconnect the USB PC interface cable and the power supply cord from the GNA600. At the vehicle: Updating the software in the AcuraLink control unit 20. Reconnect the DLC cable to the GNA6OO. 21. Within 30 seconds of the LEDs on the GNA6OO flashing green and yellow, reconnect the yellow No.3 connector of the AcuraLink reprogramming cable to the yellow connector of the reprogramming cable adapter. NOTE: The time to update the software in the AcuraLink control unit varies, depending on the size of the main and sub-update programs. 22. After the yellow LEDs on the GNA600 stay on, disconnect the DLC cable from the GNA600. The AcuraLink control unit has been updated. *23. Disconnect both reprogramming cable connectors from the vehicle, then wait at least 20 seconds before reconnecting the AcuraLink 5P connectors.* 24. Reattach the 5P connector to its mounting location to prevent rattles. 25. Disconnect the reprogramming cable from the DLC cable before storing the GNA600 kit components. Verifying the AcuraLink system operation 26. Do the AcuraLink self-diagnosis: * All models except 2009 RL, 2009 TL, and 2009 TSX ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and accept the navigation system disclaimer. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Emergency Contact Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > AcuraLink(R) - Updating Control Unit Software > Page 40 ^ On the navigation buttons, press MAP/GUIDE, MENU, and CANCEL simultaneously until the Select Diagnosis Items" screen comes on. ^ On the navigation screen, select XM (HIP). ^ Select XM (HIP) System Link. ^ Make sure the self-diagnosis is OK (all blocks are green). If a problem is indicated, refer to the appropriate service manual. 2009 RL, 2009 TL, and 2009 TSX ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, and accept the navigation system disclaimer. ^ On the navigation buttons, press MAP/GUIDE, MENU, and CANCEL simultaneously until the Select Diagnosis Items" screen comes on. ^ On the navigation screen, select Detail Information & Setting ^ Select XM (HIP) from the on-screen menu. ^ Select XM (HIP) System Link. ^ Make sure the self-diagnosis is OK (all blocks are green). If a problem is indicated, refer to the appropriate service manual.* 27. Enter the XM audio presets. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Keyless Entry Module: Locations Component Location Index Keyless Access System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 45 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Keyless Access Control Unit Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Keyless Access Control Unit Connector View > Page 48 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 49 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection Keyless Access Control Unit Input Test Keyless Access Control Unit NOTE: - Before doing the input tests, check the B-CAN DTCs. If any DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first. - If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, be sure to follow the instructions in B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A 1. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the keyless access control unit (B). NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 5. 5. With the connectors still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 6. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 50 6. Reconnect the connectors to the keyless access control unit, and do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 7. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 51 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 52 Power Control Unit 7. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 9. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the power control unit (B). NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 53 10. Inspect the connector and the socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 11. 11. With the connectors still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 12. 12. Reconnect the connectors to the power control unit, and do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 13. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 54 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 55 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 56 Electric Steering Lock 13. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 14. Remove the column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 15. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the electric steering lock (B). 16. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 17. 17. Reconnect the connector to the electric steering lock, and do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 18. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 57 Remote Slot Control Unit 18. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 19. Remove the glove box. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Glove Compartment/Service and Repair/Glove Box Removal/Installation 20. Disconnect the connector (A) from the remote slot control unit (B). 21. Inspect the connector and the socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 22. 22. With the connector still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 23. 23. Reconnect the connector to the remote slot control unit, and do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 24. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 58 24. If multiple failures are found on more than one control unit, replace the keyless access control unit. If input failures are related to a particular control unit, replace the control unit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 59 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations Navigation Module: Locations HandsFreeLink System Component Location Index With Navigation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 63 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Voice Activation Module: Locations Component Location Index Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 68 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 69 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Keyless Entry Module: Locations Component Location Index Keyless Access System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 75 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Keyless Access Control Unit Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Keyless Access Control Unit Connector View > Page 78 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 79 Keyless Entry Module: Testing and Inspection Keyless Access Control Unit Input Test Keyless Access Control Unit NOTE: - Before doing the input tests, check the B-CAN DTCs. If any DTC is indicated, troubleshoot the indicated DTC first. - If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs, be sure to follow the instructions in B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A 1. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the keyless access control unit (B). NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 5. 5. With the connectors still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 6. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 80 6. Reconnect the connectors to the keyless access control unit, and do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 7. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 81 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 82 Power Control Unit 7. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 9. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the power control unit (B). NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 83 10. Inspect the connector and the socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 11. 11. With the connectors still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 12. 12. Reconnect the connectors to the power control unit, and do these input tests at the following connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 13. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 84 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 85 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 86 Electric Steering Lock 13. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 14. Remove the column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 15. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the electric steering lock (B). 16. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 17. 17. Reconnect the connector to the electric steering lock, and do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 18. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 87 Remote Slot Control Unit 18. Press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 19. Remove the glove box. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Glove Compartment/Service and Repair/Glove Box Removal/Installation 20. Disconnect the connector (A) from the remote slot control unit (B). 21. Inspect the connector and the socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 22. 22. With the connector still disconnected, do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 23. 23. Reconnect the connector to the remote slot control unit, and do these input tests at the following connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 24. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 88 24. If multiple failures are found on more than one control unit, replace the keyless access control unit. If input failures are related to a particular control unit, replace the control unit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Keyless Entry Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 89 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Control Module > Component Information > Locations Power Door Lock Control Module: Locations Keyless Access System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Power Mirror Control Module: Locations Component Location Index Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 97 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 98 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Seat Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Power Seat Control Module: Component Locations Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Seat Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 103 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Power Seat Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 104 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations Seat Heater Relay: Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Heater Relay (High) And Driver's Seat Heater Relay (Low) Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Heater Relay (High) And Driver's Seat Heater Relay (Low) Connector View > Page 110 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Sunroof / Moonroof Module: Locations Component Location Index Moonroof Electrical Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 115 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 116 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Traction Control Module: Locations Component Location Index VSA System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 122 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 123 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 124 Traction Control Module: Testing and Inspection VSA Modulator-Control Unit Update Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version - HDS pocket tester - GNA-600 and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version and CM update software Any one of above updating tools can be used. NOTE: - Use this procedure when you need to update the VSA modulator-control unit at any time. - Make sure the HDS/iN workstation has the latest HDS software version. - Before you update the VSA modulator-control unit, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) or ACC (I), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF or ACC mode, during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch in ON (II), or in the ON mode. - To prevent VSA modulator-control unit damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do a VSA modulator-control unit update whenever the VSA modulator-control unit is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update a VSA modulator-control unit with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the VSA modulator-control unit to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (#3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in ON (II), or in the ON mode when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent VSA modulator-control unit damage. - DTCs stored in memory are cleared when the VSA modulator-control unit is updated. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the VSA modulator-control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshooting the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select the update mode, and follow the screen prompts to update the VSA modulator-control unit. 5. If the software in the VSA modulator-control unit is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC. If the software in the VSA modulator-control unit is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. 6. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization procedure. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 125 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 126 Traction Control Module: Service and Repair VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation NOTE: - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. - Plug the ends of the hoses and the joints to prevent spilling brake fluid. Removal 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the left and right engine compartment covers (A). See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 3. Remove the suction line mount bolt (A) from the bracket. 4. Disconnect the 10 mm brake lines (A) and the 12 mm brake lines (B) from the VSA modulator-control unit (C). 5. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (A) by pushing the lock (B) and pulling up the lever (C); the connector disconnects Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 127 itself. 6. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit bracket mounting bolts (A) and the wire harness clips (B), then remove the VSA modulator-control unit (C) with the bracket (D) from the body. 7. Remove the three TORX bolts (A), then remove the VSA modulator-control unit (B) from the bracket (C). Installation 1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit (A) onto the bracket (B), then tighten the three TORX bolts (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 128 2. Install the VSA modulator-control unit (A) with the bracket (B) to the body, then install the wire harness clips (C) and the VSA modulator-control unit bracket mounting bolts (D). 3. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector (A) to the VSA modulator-control unit. 4. Pull down the lever (B) of the VSA modulator-control unit 47P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated. 5. Connect the 10 mm brake lines and the 12 mm brake lines to the VSA modulator-control unit (A). NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (B), the left-front (C), the right-front (D), the left-rear (E), and the right-rear (F) brake systems. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 129 6. Install the suction line mount bolt (A) to the bracket. 7. Bleed the brake system. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Brake Bleeding/Service and Repair 8. Install the left and right engine compartment covers (A). See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 9. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization procedure. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization 10. Start the engine, and make sure the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 11. Test-drive the vehicle, and make sure the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator which could then be induced into the normal brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Brake Bleeding/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Relay > Component Information > Locations Traction Control Relay: Locations SH-AWD Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 133 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Locations Fan Controls Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor Relay: Locations Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Locations Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Cigarette Lighter Relay > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Instrument Panel Control Module: Locations Component Location Index Gauges Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 156 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 157 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 166 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 167 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 168 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 169 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 170 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 171 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 172 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 173 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 174 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 175 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 176 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 177 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 178 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 179 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 180 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 181 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 182 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 185 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 186 Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 187 Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 190 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 191 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 192 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 193 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 194 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 195 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 196 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 197 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 198 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 199 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 200 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 201 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 202 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 203 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 204 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 205 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 115-0 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 206 Diagram 115-1 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 207 Diagram 115-2 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 208 Diagram 115-3 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 209 Diagram 115-4 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 210 Diagram 115-5 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Module > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Module > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 216 Power Distribution Module: Locations Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 217 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo Power Distribution Relay: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 222 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 223 Power Distribution Relay: Locations Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > ACC Cut Relay And IG2 Cut Relay Connector View (Without Keyless Access) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > ACC Cut Relay And IG2 Cut Relay Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 226 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Power Distribution Relay > Component Information > Diagrams > ACC Cut Relay And IG2 Cut Relay Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 227 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Relay Box: Component Locations Component Location Index Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 234 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 235 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Relay Box: Component Locations Component Location Index Charging System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 238 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 241 Relay Box: Connector Locations Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: With keyless access system *2: Without keyless access system Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 242 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 243 Relay Box: Connector Locations Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: Without SH-AWD *2: With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Relay Box: Diagrams Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 246 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 247 Relay Box: Diagrams Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 248 Relay Box: Diagrams Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Relay Box: Application and ID Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index > Page 251 Relay Box: Application and ID Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index > Page 252 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Relay Box: Service and Repair Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove these items: - Driver's dashboard trim See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Trim Removal/Installation - Driver's switch panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Dashboard Driver's Switch Panel Removal/Installation - Driver's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Driver's kick panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Loosen the bolt (A), then remove the bolt (B) and the bracket (C) from dashboard/steering hanger beam. 4. USA models with keyless access system and Canada models without keyless access system: Remove the screws and cover (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt, release the tab (B), and pull the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box away from the body. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 255 Installation NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the driver's MICU which is part of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. Further more, vehicles with the keyless access do the imoes certification by communicating with the remote slot control unit. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure steps 1 to 4. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS: - With keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Keyless Entry/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning - Without keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning 5. Do the remaining steps of battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 256 Relay Box: Service and Repair Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the passenger's kick panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Disconnect the connectors from the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 4. Loosen the mounting bolt from the lower side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt from the upper side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and remove the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 257 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: The under-hood fuse/relay box is a part of the left engine compartment wire harness, and it cannot be replaced by itself. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Open the cover (A), then remove the screws (B) for the alternator and battery cable terminals. 3. Remove the nut (C) and release the tab (D), then remove the bottom cover (E) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Disconnect the connectors (F) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the relay circuit board (G) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller. See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Locations Body Control Module: Locations Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Locations Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-034 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2118 Set 10-034 September 15, 2010 Applies To: 2009-10 TL - ALL MIL Comes On With DTC P2118 SYMPTOM The MIL comes on with DTC P2118 (throttle actuator current range/performance problem) stored. PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM misinterprets ETCS (electronic throttle control system) inputs as a malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1810B1 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RK1-A54 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS Software Version 2.022.104 or later. Control Module (CM) Update: Database Update 21-JUL-2010 or later. NOTE: To avoid an incorrect repair that would not be covered under warranty, use the software version listed above or a later version. The updated PGM-FI software program IDs and P/Ns are shown below. If the HDS is loaded with the latest software, and it displays No Update Needed during the update, the software for this service bulletin is already installed. REPAIR PROCEDURE Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-034 > Page 271 1. Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-026, Updating Control Units/ Modules. 2. Start the engine. Does DTC P2118 recur? Yes - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. No - The repair is complete. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-034 > Page 272 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1659 Set 09-049 November 25, 2009 Applies To: 2009 TL - ALL MIL Comes On with DTC P1659 SYMPTOM The MIL comes on with DTC P1659 (ETGS control relay OFF malfunction). PROBABLE CAUSE The PGM-FI software misinterprets sensor inputs as a problem with the ETGS control relay if the vehicle is jump started, causing DTC P1659 to be set. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 125517 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RK1-A54 H/C 9209917 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS Software Version 2.020.015 or later Control Module (CM) Update: Application Version V6.1 9.03 or later Database Update 22-OCT-2009 or later NOTE: To avoid an incorrect repair that would not be covered under warranty, use the software version listed above or a later version. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-034 > Page 273 The updated PGM-FI software program IDs and P/Ns are shown below. If the HDS is loaded with the latest software, and it displays No Update Needed during the update, the software for this service bulletin is already installed. REPAIR PROCEDURE Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-026, Updating Control Units/Modules. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2118 Set 10-034 September 15, 2010 Applies To: 2009-10 TL - ALL MIL Comes On With DTC P2118 SYMPTOM The MIL comes on with DTC P2118 (throttle actuator current range/performance problem) stored. PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM misinterprets ETCS (electronic throttle control system) inputs as a malfunction. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1810B1 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RK1-A54 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS Software Version 2.022.104 or later. Control Module (CM) Update: Database Update 21-JUL-2010 or later. NOTE: To avoid an incorrect repair that would not be covered under warranty, use the software version listed above or a later version. The updated PGM-FI software program IDs and P/Ns are shown below. If the HDS is loaded with the latest software, and it displays No Update Needed during the update, the software for this service bulletin is already installed. REPAIR PROCEDURE Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 276 1. Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-026, Updating Control Units/ Modules. 2. Start the engine. Does DTC P2118 recur? Yes - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. No - The repair is complete. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 277 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-010 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except SLX OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-010, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 278 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 279 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 280 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 281 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 282 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 283 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 284 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 285 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 286 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 287 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 288 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 289 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 290 Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Acuras with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 291 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P1659 Set 09-049 November 25, 2009 Applies To: 2009 TL - ALL MIL Comes On with DTC P1659 SYMPTOM The MIL comes on with DTC P1659 (ETGS control relay OFF malfunction). PROBABLE CAUSE The PGM-FI software misinterprets sensor inputs as a problem with the ETGS control relay if the vehicle is jump started, causing DTC P1659 to be set. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 125517 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RK1-A54 H/C 9209917 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS Software Version 2.020.015 or later Control Module (CM) Update: Application Version V6.1 9.03 or later Database Update 22-OCT-2009 or later NOTE: To avoid an incorrect repair that would not be covered under warranty, use the software version listed above or a later version. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 292 The updated PGM-FI software program IDs and P/Ns are shown below. If the HDS is loaded with the latest software, and it displays No Update Needed during the update, the software for this service bulletin is already installed. REPAIR PROCEDURE Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-026, Updating Control Units/Modules. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 293 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - PCM Software Update Precautions 09-009 March 21, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Disconnect the AcuraLink Update Connector Before Updating the PCM (Supersedes 09-009, dated February 28, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under BACKGROUND and VEHICLES AFFECTED, early production 2009 RLs and TSXs with Tech Package have been added. ^ Under WARRANTY IN FORMATION, a footnote was added to indicate that the warranty information in this service bulletin can only be used when submitting a warranty claim for PCM updating. ^ Under PROCEDURE, separate AcuraLink update connector disconnection procedures were added for RL and for TSX.* BACKGROUND *On some 2009 RLs, TLs, and TSXs with Tech Package (see VEHICLES AFFECTED), an AcuraLink control unit (XM receiver) communication error requires that you disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector before doing a PCM update. If the AcuraLink update connector is not disconnected, the PCM may not accept the update, or the engine may not start after the update. To correct either of these problems, disconnect the AcuraLink update connector, and redo the update.* VEHICLES AFFECTED WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION* In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1255A2C Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Skill Level: Repair Technician *The warranty information in this service bulletin can only be used when submitting a warranty claim for PCM updating. For warranty information on PCM updating, refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. *PROCEDURE: RL NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Remove the trunk left side trim panel: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 294 ^ Refer to page 20-83 of the 2009 RL Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords TRUNK TRIM, and select Interior Trim Removal/Installation- Trunk Area from the list. 2. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 3. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 4. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 5. Reinstall the trunk left side trim panel in the reverse order of removal.* PROCEDURE: TL NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Before updating the PCM, make sure the engine start/stop button is in OFF mode. 2. Remove the glove box: ^ Refer to page 20-128 of the 2009 TL Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword GLOVE, and select Glove Box Removal/Installation from the list. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10-034 > Page 295 3. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 4. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 5. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 6. Reinstall the glove box in the reverse order of removal. *PROCEDURE: TSX NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Remove the rear seat right side bolster: ^ Refer to page 20-177 of the 2009 TSX Service Manual, and do steps 1 thru 4 of the Seat Side Bolster procedure, or ^ Online, enter keywords REAR SEAT, select Rear Seat Removal/Installation from the list, and do steps 1 thru 4 of the Seat Side Bolster procedure. 2. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 3. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 4. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 5. Reinstall the seat side bolster in the reverse order of removal.* Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-010 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except SLX OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-010, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 298 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 299 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 300 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 301 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 302 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 303 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 304 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 305 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 306 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 307 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 308 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 309 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 310 Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Acuras with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 311 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - PCM Software Update Precautions 09-009 March 21, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Disconnect the AcuraLink Update Connector Before Updating the PCM (Supersedes 09-009, dated February 28, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under BACKGROUND and VEHICLES AFFECTED, early production 2009 RLs and TSXs with Tech Package have been added. ^ Under WARRANTY IN FORMATION, a footnote was added to indicate that the warranty information in this service bulletin can only be used when submitting a warranty claim for PCM updating. ^ Under PROCEDURE, separate AcuraLink update connector disconnection procedures were added for RL and for TSX.* BACKGROUND *On some 2009 RLs, TLs, and TSXs with Tech Package (see VEHICLES AFFECTED), an AcuraLink control unit (XM receiver) communication error requires that you disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector before doing a PCM update. If the AcuraLink update connector is not disconnected, the PCM may not accept the update, or the engine may not start after the update. To correct either of these problems, disconnect the AcuraLink update connector, and redo the update.* VEHICLES AFFECTED WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION* In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1255A2C Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Skill Level: Repair Technician *The warranty information in this service bulletin can only be used when submitting a warranty claim for PCM updating. For warranty information on PCM updating, refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. *PROCEDURE: RL NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Remove the trunk left side trim panel: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 312 ^ Refer to page 20-83 of the 2009 RL Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords TRUNK TRIM, and select Interior Trim Removal/Installation- Trunk Area from the list. 2. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 3. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 4. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 5. Reinstall the trunk left side trim panel in the reverse order of removal.* PROCEDURE: TL NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Before updating the PCM, make sure the engine start/stop button is in OFF mode. 2. Remove the glove box: ^ Refer to page 20-128 of the 2009 TL Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword GLOVE, and select Glove Box Removal/Installation from the list. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-010 > Page 313 3. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 4. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 5. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 6. Reinstall the glove box in the reverse order of removal. *PROCEDURE: TSX NOTE: This procedure is required only if you are updating the PCM. 1. Remove the rear seat right side bolster: ^ Refer to page 20-177 of the 2009 TSX Service Manual, and do steps 1 thru 4 of the Seat Side Bolster procedure, or ^ Online, enter keywords REAR SEAT, select Rear Seat Removal/Installation from the list, and do steps 1 thru 4 of the Seat Side Bolster procedure. 2. Locate and disconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 3. Do the PCM update. (Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing.) 4. After you complete the PCM update, reconnect the AcuraLink control unit 5P update connector. 5. Reinstall the seat side bolster in the reverse order of removal.* Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Engine Control Module: Locations Component Location Index Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 316 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 317 Engine Control Module: Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A Engine Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 321 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 322 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 323 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 324 Engine Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 325 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 326 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 327 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 328 Engine Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 329 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 330 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 331 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A > Page 332 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning > PCM Idle Learn Procedure Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning PCM Idle Learn Procedure PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: - Replace the PCM. - Reset the PCM. - Update the PCM. - Replace or clean the throttle body. - Disassemble the engine or transmission. NOTE: Erasing DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Make sure all electrical items (the A/C, the audio, the lights, etc.) are off. 2. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, and wait 2 seconds. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning > PCM Idle Learn Procedure > Page 335 Engine Control Module: Programming and Relearning PCM Update PCM Update Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version Any one of the above updating tools can be used. NOTE: - Make sure the HDS/iN workstation has the latest HDS software version. - Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch to ACC (I) or LOCK (0) or never press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF or ACC mode during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON (II) or vehicle in the ON mode. - To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof, door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update a PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (#3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in ON (II) or vehicle in the ON mode when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5, and clean the throttle body See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures after updating the PCM. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS diagnostic system, then select the update mode, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM/GNA600 from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow the instructions on screen. If you run into a problem during the update procedure (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.), follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: - Leave the ignition switch in ON (II) or vehicle in the ON mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Programming and Relearning > PCM Idle Learn Procedure > Page 336 - Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). - Shut down the HDS. - Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. - Reboot the HDS. - Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement Engine Control Module: Service and Repair PCM Replacement PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version Any one of the above updating tools can be used. 1. Connect HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 through 9, 17 through 22, and 25 through 27, and do this after replacing the PCM: Replace the engine oil See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Engine Oil/Service and Repair and the engine oil filter. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Oil Filter/Service and Repair - Replace the ATF. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement - Clean the throttle body. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 7. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: - Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. Select the A/T system with the HDS. 9. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then select READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: - Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement > Page 339 12. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C, then remove the PCM assembly (D). NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=(square), B=(triangle) , C=(circle)) embossed on them for identification. 13. Disconnect the cover (A) and the bracket (B) from the PCM (C). 14. Install the PCM in the reverse order of removal. 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 16. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. NOTE: DTC P0630 VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 17. If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 7, go to step 20. Otherwise, go to step 18. 18. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 19. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 20. If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 9, go to step 23. Otherwise go to step 21. 21. Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 22. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then select WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 23. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 24. Enter the immobilizer PCM code that you got from the iN, and use the replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 25. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6 clean the throttle body, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures then go to step 26. 26. If the READ DATA failed in step 7 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 19, replace the engine oil See: Engine, Cooling and Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement > Page 340 Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Engine Oil/Service and Repair and engine oil filter, See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Oil Filter/Service and Repair then go to step 27. 27. If the READ DATA failed in step 9 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 22, replace the ATF, See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement then go to step 28. 28. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the PCM with the HDS. 29. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update 30. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure 31. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement > Page 341 Engine Control Module: Service and Repair PCM Replacement (With Navigation) PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software version Any one of the above updating tools can be used. 1. Connect HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 through 9, 17 through 22, and 25 through 27, and do this after replacing the PCM: Replace the engine oil See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Engine Oil/Service and Repair and the engine oil filter. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Oil Filter/Service and Repair - Replace the ATF. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement - Clean the throttle body. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 7. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: - Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. Select the A/T system with the HDS. 9. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then select READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: - Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement > Page 342 12. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C, then remove the PCM assembly (D). NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=(square), B=(triangle) , C=(circle)) embossed on them for identification. 13. Disconnect the cover (A) and the bracket (B) from the PCM (C). 14. Install the PCM in the reverse order of removal. 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 16. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. NOTE: DTC P0630 VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 17. If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 7, go to step 20. Otherwise, go to step 18. 18. Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 19. Select the REPLACE PCM MENU, then select WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 20. If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 9, go to step 23. Otherwise go to step 21. 21. Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 22. Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then select WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 23. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 24. Enter the immobilizer PCM code that you got from the iN, and use the replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 25. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 6 clean the throttle body, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Throttle Body/Service and Repair/Procedures then go to step 26. 26. If the READ DATA failed in step 7 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 19, replace the engine oil See: Engine, Cooling and Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > PCM Replacement > Page 343 Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Engine Oil/Service and Repair and engine oil filter, See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Engine Lubrication/Oil Filter/Service and Repair then go to step 27. 27. If the READ DATA failed in step 9 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 22, replace the ATF, See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement then go to step 28. 28. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the PCM with the HDS. 29. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update 30. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure 31. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pump Control Unit: Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump Control Unit > Component Information > Locations > Page 351 Fuel Pump Control Unit: Service and Repair Fuel Pump Control Module Replacement With SH-AWD 1. Remove the rear seat cushion and the seat-back. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the fuel pump control module connector (A). 3. Remove the fuel pump control module (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations Ignition Relay: Locations Ignition System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations SRS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 363 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics Air Bag Control Module: Component Tests and General Diagnostics ODS Unit Operation Check Check the ODS operation after any of these actions: - Replacement of front passenger's seat component(s) (except ODS unit and/or weight sensors) - After a vehicle collision - SRS unit replacement Pre-Operation Check Set-up - Before doing the ODS unit operation check, make sure the battery is fully charged. - Make sure all the components of the front passenger's seat are correctly installed. - Position the front passenger's seat all the way rearward. Adjust the seat-back all the way forward. Do not move the seat from this position. - Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat. - Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket. - Keep the windows and the moonroof closed. - Do all calibration procedures, except test-driving, in the service bay. - Make sure the vehicle is on level ground. - Turn the heater and the A/C off. - Do not touch the passenger's seat during the calibration. - Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes. - Make sure all aftermarket devices such as amplifiers, fluorescent light, air purifiers, CB or HAM radios, etc. are turned off. After Replacing Front Passenger's Seat Component(s) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit.. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 5. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then Inspection. In the HDS Inspection Menu, select SEAT OUTPUT CHK and follow the prompts until the ODS operation check is complete. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 366 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 367 Air Bag Control Module: Programming and Relearning ODS Unit Initialization NOTE: - After ODS unit is replaced, do this procedure to initialize the ODS unit. - ODS unit initialization will initialize both OPDS sensor and seat weight sensor. OPDS Sensor Initialization After a seat-back cover, seat-back cushion, and/or ODS unit is replaced, do this procedure to initialize the OPDS sensor with the HDS unit. NOTE: - A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS sensor can cause DTC 85-71 and DTC 85-78. - Before initializing the ODS unit, make sure the battery is fully charged. 1. Clear the DTC memory. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 2. Make sure the front passenger's seat is dry. Set the seat-back in a normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the seat. 3. Make sure the ignition switch is in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 4. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit.. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 7. From the HDS Main Menu, select SRS, then SRS, then Calibration. In the Calibration Menu, select ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION. Follow the screen prompts to initialize the ODS unit. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: If the ODS unit fails to initialize after several attempts, replace the OPDS sensor/seat-back cover/pad See: Body and Frame/Seats/Seat Cover/Service and Repair/Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement and retry. If the ODS unit continues to fail to initialize, replace the ODS unit. See: Service and Repair/ODS Unit Replacement Seat Weight Sensor Initialization When you replace the SRS unit, the front passenger's seat assembly, or the ODS unit, calibrate the seat weight sensor with the HDS unit. While calibrating the ODS unit, observe these precautions: - Make sure all components of the front passenger's seat are correctly installed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Component Tests and General Diagnostics > Page 368 - Make sure nothing is on or under the front passenger's seat. - Make sure there is nothing in the front passenger's seat-back pocket. - Keep the windows and the moonroof closed. - Do all calibration procedures, except test-driving, in the service bay. - Make sure the vehicle is on level ground. - Keep the A/C and the heater off. - Do not touch the front passenger's seat during calibration, unless you are prompted to or when you have completed the calibration. - Do not expose the front passenger's seat to sudden temperature changes. 1. Position the front passenger's all the way rearward, and adjust the seat-back to the most forward position. Do not move the seat from this position. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit.. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 5. Drive the vehicle, and accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 6. From the Main Menu, select SRS, then SRS, then Calibration, then select SWS INITIALIZATION, and follow the prompts until the calibration is complete. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair SRS Unit Replacement SRS Unit Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures, then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the center console. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Removal/Installation 3. Pull down on the center heater joint duct (A) to remove it. 4. Remove the clips (B), then remove the left and right heater ducts (C, D). 5. Remove the two screws from the driver's side center console clip bracket (A), then remove the bracket. 6. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A). 7. Disconnect SRS unit connectors A (39P) and B (39P), and remove the TORX bolts (C) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the SRS unit (D) from the driver's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 371 Installation 1. Install the SRS unit (A) with a new TORX bolt (B),using a TORX T30 bit. NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against it's bracket before torquing the TORX bolt. 2. Install the new TORX bolts (A) using a TORX T30 bit. 3. Connect the connectors (B) to the SRS unit; push them into position until they click and the lever locks are fully secured. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair 4. Install the driver's side center console clip bracket (A) with two screws. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 372 5. Install the left and right heater joint ducts (A, B), then install the clips (C). 6. Install the center heater joint duct (D). 7. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 8. Make sure the SRS unit has the latest software. If it does not have the latest, update the software in the SRS unit. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/SRS Unit Update 9. Calibrate the ODS unit. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/ODS Unit Initialization 10. Do the ODS unit operation check. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/ODS Unit Operation Check 11. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 12. Reinstall all removed parts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 373 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair ODS Unit Replacement ODS Unit Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 3. Pull out the seat-back cover/pad as needed. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Seat Cover/Service and Repair/Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement 4. Remove the cover (A), then disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (B) and ODS sensor connectors (C) from the ODS unit (D). 5. Remove the two bolts (E), and the ODS unit. Installation 1. Place the ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two bolts (B), and connect the ODS unit 18P connector (C) and OPDS sensor connectors (D) to the ODS unit. Reinstall the cover (E). 2. Install the seat-back cover/pad in the reverse order of removal. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Seat Cover/Service and Repair/Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement 3. Install the front passenger's seat assembly. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 4. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the front passenger's seat. 6. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 7. Initialize the ODS unit. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/ODS Unit Initialization 8. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 374 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Classification Module - Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > IG1B Relay, Remote Starting Control Unit In-line Fuse 2 And IG Fuse Connector View (Acura Accessory: Canada With Keyle Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > IG1B Relay, Remote Starting Control Unit In-line Fuse 2 And IG Fuse Connector View (Acura Accessory: Canada With Keyle > Page 383 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > IG1B Relay, Remote Starting Control Unit In-line Fuse 2 And IG Fuse Connector View (Acura Accessory: Canada With Keyle > Page 384 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > IG1B Relay, Remote Starting Control Unit In-line Fuse 2 And IG Fuse Connector View (Acura Accessory: Canada With Keyle > Page 385 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations Starting System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Steering Control Module: Locations Component Location Index EPS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 395 Steering Control Module: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 396 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering > Steering Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 397 Steering Control Module: Service and Repair EPS Control Unit Removal/Installation 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove these items: - Passenger's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Passenger's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Passenger's front door sill trim See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area - Passenger's kick panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area - Passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box See: Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution/Relay Box/Service and Repair/Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect EPS control unit connector A (2P), connector B (2P), connector C (2P), and connector D (28P). 4. Remove the bolts (E) from the EPS control unit (F). 5. Remove the EPS control unit. 6. Install the EPS control unit in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 8. Do the torque sensor neutral position memorization. See: Sensors and Switches/Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension/Sensors and Switches - Steering/Steering Angle Sensor/Testing and Inspection 9. After installation, start the engine, allow it to idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. Check that the EPS indicator does not come on. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Tire Pressure Module: Locations Component Location Index TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 403 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 404 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 405 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the initiators and the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). NOTE: The TPMS control unit is located on the brake pedal support member (B). 4. Remove the flange bolt (C) from the brake pedal support member. 5. Remove the TPMS control unit (D) with the bracket (E). 6. Remove the TPMS control unit (A) from the bracket (B). NOTE: To disconnect the TPMS control unit from its bracket, insert a small flat-tipped screwdriver (C) between the TPMS control unit and the bracket shown in (D) to release the hook, then slide out the TPMS unit. 7. Install the new TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Tire Monitoring System/Tire Pressure Sensor/Testing and Inspection Do not memorize the IDs automatically. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 410 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 411 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 412 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 413 Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Service and Repair TPMS Initiator Replacement NOTE: Make sure the initiator mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the TPMS control unit and the tire pressure sensor. Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Maintenance/Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the front wheel. 4. Remove the front inner fender. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Front Fender/Front Fender Liner/Service and Repair/Front Inner Fender Replacement 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the bracket. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Maintenance/Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the rear wheel. 4. Remove the rear inner fender cover. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Rear Fender/Rear Fender Liner/Service and Repair 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the inner side of the wheelwell. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 414 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Relay: Locations Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics Power Window Control Module: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics 10-014 May 25, 2010 Applies To: 2001-10 MDX - ALL 2007-10 RDX - ALL 2004-10 TL - ALL Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged or dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE:Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the power window switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics > Page 423 PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. 6. Reinstall all removed parts. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics > Page 424 be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics > Page 425 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. 6. Reinstall all removed parts. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the client that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Revised Erratic Window Operation Diagnostics > Page 426 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. 7. Reinstall all removed parts. Disclaimer Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 427 Power Window Control Module: Testing and Inspection Power Window Control Unit Reset Reset the power windows after doing any of the following actions: - Power window regulator replacement, removal/installation, or repair - Power window motor replacement, removal/installation, or repair - Window run channel replacement or removal/installation - Front passenger's power window switch replacement or removal/installation* - Door glass replacement, removal/installation, or repair - Power is removed from the driver's power window master switch or front passenger's power window switch while the power window timer is ON. NOTE: If the front passenger's power window has lost power when the key off timer is ON, it cannot be operated from the driver's switch and must be reset from the front passenger's power window switch. Using the HDS 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, then enter the vehicle's VIN and mileage at the prompts. 3. Select BODY ELECTRICAL from the SYSTEM SELECT menu. 4. From the BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SELECT menu, select POWER WINDOWS. 5. From the MODE menu, select ADJUSTMENT. 6. From the ADJUSTMENT menu, select WINDOW RESET for driver's side (passenger's side) window. 7. Follow the prompts on the screen. 8. Confirm that the power window control unit is reset by using the power window AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN function. Without the HDS NOTE: - Do each bullet in step 4 within 5 seconds of each other. - The front passenger's power window must be reset from the front passenger's power window switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 2. Move the power window all the way down by using the power window DOWN switch. 3. Open the driver's door. 4. Do the following four times before going to step 5: - Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. - Push and hold the power window DOWN switch. - Turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. - Release the power window DOWN switch. 5. Confirm that AUTO UP no longer works. If AUTO UP still works, go back to step 1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 428 6. Move the power window all the way down using the power window DOWN switch. 7. Pull up and hold the power window UP switch until the power window is all the way up, then continue to hold the switch for at least 1 second. 8. Confirm that the power window control unit is reset by using the power window AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN function. - If the power window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times, paying close attention to the 5 seconds time limit between steps. - If it still does not work, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Washer Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Washer Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 433 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Corner Back-up Sensor Connector View (Acura Accessory) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Corner Back-up Sensor Connector View (Acura Accessory) > Page 440 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Corner Back-up Sensor Connector View (Acura Accessory) > Page 441 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Collision Avoidance Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Corner Back-up Sensor Connector View (Acura Accessory) > Page 442 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Component Location Index Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 447 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 448 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 449 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Testing and Inspection Security Hood Switch Test 1. Open the hood then remove the bulkhead cover. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the security hood switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2 when the hood is opened (latch released). - There should be no continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2 when the hood is closed (latch pushed down). 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the hood latch assembly. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Hood/Hood Latch/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Integrated Accessory Switch Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair Integrated Accessory Switch Assembly: Service and Repair Dashboard Driver's Switch Panel Removal/Installation Special Tools Required - KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014* *Available through the Acura Tool and Equipment Program. NOTE: - Take care not to scratch the trim or the panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when removing components. - When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage. 1. Remove the driver's switch panel (A). -1 Apply protective tape (B) to the dashboard under the edge of the driver's switch panel. Pry up on the edge of the panel with a flat-tipped screwdriver wrapped with protective tape to release the hooks (C). -3 Disconnect the VSA OFF switch connector (D) and the headlight washer connector (E) (for some models). 2. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the each connector is plugged in properly. - Push the hooks into place securely. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Function Selector Switch > Component Information > Locations Navigation Function Selector Switch: Locations Audio System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 460 Remote Switch: Locations Navigation System Component Location Index (With Navigation) Navigation System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 461 Remote Switch: Locations Audio System Component Location Index Audio System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Audio Remote Switch/HFL Voice Control Switch Connector View (Without Navigation) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Diagrams > Audio Remote Switch/HFL Voice Control Switch Connector View (Without Navigation) > Page 464 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 469 Voice Activation Switch: Locations Navigation System Component Location Index (With Navigation) Navigation System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 470 Voice Activation Switch: Locations Hands Free Link System Component Location Index HandsFreeLink System Component Location Index With Navigation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Audio Remote Switch/HFL Voice Control Switch Connector View (Without Navigation) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Audio Remote Switch/HFL Voice Control Switch Connector View (Without Navigation) > Page 473 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Active Spoiler Switch > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Active Spoiler Switch > Component Information > Locations > Location By Photo > Page 479 Active Spoiler Switch: Locations Keyless Access System Component Location Index (With Keyless Access System) Keyless Access System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Active Spoiler Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 480 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Active Spoiler Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 481 Active Spoiler Switch: Testing and Inspection Trunk Lid Spoiler Switch Test/Replacement 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the trunk lid spoiler. See: Body and Frame/Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams/Spoiler/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the rearview harness (B). 3. Remove the three screws, and the trunk lid spoiler switch (C). 4. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - With the switch pushed, there should be continuity. - With the switch released, there should be no continuity. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Active Spoiler Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 482 Active Spoiler Switch: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Spoiler Switch Test/Replacement 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the trunk lid spoiler. See: Body and Frame/Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams/Spoiler/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the rearview harness (B). 3. Remove the three screws, and the trunk lid spoiler switch (C). 4. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - With the switch pushed, there should be continuity. - With the switch released, there should be no continuity. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 486 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Fuel Door Lock Switch: Locations Component Location Index Fuel Fill Door Opener Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 491 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 492 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Fuel Door Switch: Testing and Inspection Fuel Fill Door Opener Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door panel. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the fuel fill door opener switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 3. - With the switch pushed, there should be continuity. - With the switch released, there should be no continuity. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the two screws and replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 496 Fuel Door Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Fill Door Opener Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door panel. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the fuel fill door opener switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 3. - With the switch pushed, there should be continuity. - With the switch released, there should be no continuity. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the two screws and replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Locations Component Location Index Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 502 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 503 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 504 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Testing and Inspection Security Hood Switch Test 1. Open the hood then remove the bulkhead cover. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the security hood switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2 when the hood is opened (latch released). - There should be no continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2 when the hood is closed (latch pushed down). 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the hood latch assembly. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Hood/Hood Latch/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Power Door Lock Switch: Component Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 509 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 512 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 513 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 514 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 515 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 516 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 517 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 518 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 519 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch/Key Cylinder Switch Connector View > Page 520 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Power Mirror Switch: Locations Component Location Index Doors Component Location Index - Front Door Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 525 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 526 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 531 Power Seat Motor Position Sensor: Connector Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Seat Front Up-Down Motor/Position Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Seat Front Up-Down Motor/Position Sensor Connector View > Page 534 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Seat Front Up-Down Motor/Position Sensor Connector View > Page 535 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Motor Position Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Seat Front Up-Down Motor/Position Sensor Connector View > Page 536 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Power Seat Switch: Locations Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index > Page 541 Power Seat Switch: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Locations > Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index > Page 542 Power Seat Switch: Locations Doors Component Location Index - Front Door Doors Component Location Index - Front Door Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Lumbar Support Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Lumbar Support Switch Connector View > Page 545 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Power Lumbar Support Switch Connector View > Page 546 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's seat. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 2. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobs (A) and the recline cover from the driver's seat, See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation then remove the two screws and the power seat adjustment switch (B). 3. Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch. 4. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement > Page 549 Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Front Passenger's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Front Passenger's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Front Passenger's Seat 1. Remove the front passenger's seat. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 2. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobs (A) and the recline cover from the front passenger's seat See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation, then remove the two screws and the power seat adjustment switch (B). 3. Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch. 4. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement > Page 550 Power Seat Switch: Testing and Inspection Power Lumbar Support Switch Test/Replacement Power Lumbar Support Switch Test/Replacement 1. Separate the lumbar support switch cover (A) from the switch (B). 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (C) from the switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Power Seat Switch: Service and Repair Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's seat. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 2. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobs (A) and the recline cover from the driver's seat, See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation then remove the two screws and the power seat adjustment switch (B). 3. Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch. 4. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement > Page 553 Power Seat Switch: Service and Repair Front Passenger's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Front Passenger's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement Front Passenger's Seat 1. Remove the front passenger's seat. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Removal/Installation 2. Remove the power seat adjustment switch knobs (A) and the recline cover from the front passenger's seat See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation, then remove the two screws and the power seat adjustment switch (B). 3. Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch. 4. Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Seat Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Power Seat Adjustment Switch Test/Replacement > Page 554 Power Seat Switch: Service and Repair Power Lumbar Support Switch Test/Replacement Power Lumbar Support Switch Test/Replacement 1. Separate the lumbar support switch cover (A) from the switch (B). 2. Disconnect the 5P connector (C) from the switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Hazard Sensor > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Hazard Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Outer Handle Light/Lock Switch/Touch Sensor/LF Antenna Connector View (Keyless Access) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Hazard Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Outer Handle Light/Lock Switch/Touch Sensor/LF Antenna Connector View (Keyless Access) > Page 560 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index > Page 565 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index > Page 566 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Locations Doors Component Location Index - Front Door Doors Component Location Index - Front Door Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Switch Connector View > Page 569 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Switch Connector View > Page 570 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the glove box housing. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Glove Compartment/Service and Repair/Glove Box Removal/Installation 2. Carefully push the main switch (A) out from behind the glove box housing. 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the trunk lid opener main switch. 4. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - With the main switch ON, there should be continuity. - With the main switch OFF, there should be no continuity. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the main switch. 6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 573 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Testing and Inspection Trunk Lid Opener Switch Test/Replacement Trunk Lid Opener Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door panel. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the trunk lid opener switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the two screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the glove box housing. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Glove Compartment/Service and Repair/Glove Box Removal/Installation 2. Carefully push the main switch (A) out from behind the glove box housing. 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the trunk lid opener main switch. 4. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - With the main switch ON, there should be continuity. - With the main switch OFF, there should be no continuity. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the main switch. 6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trunk Lid Opener Main Switch Test/Replacement > Page 576 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener Switch Test/Replacement Trunk Lid Opener Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door panel. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the trunk lid opener switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the two screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Heater Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Heater Switch Connector View > Page 582 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 583 Seat Heater Switch: Testing and Inspection Seat Heaters Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the A/T shift panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Remove the seat heater switch from panel. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: - Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. - When check for continuity across the diode, use the diode setting on the digital volt/ohm meter to check the diode bias. - Be careful of the characteristic (Diode is one that conducts fully in one direction (forward) and not at all in the opposite direction (reverse).). 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 584 Seat Heater Switch: Service and Repair Seat Heaters Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the A/T shift panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Remove the seat heater switch from panel. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: - Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. - When check for continuity across the diode, use the diode setting on the digital volt/ohm meter to check the diode bias. - Be careful of the characteristic (Diode is one that conducts fully in one direction (forward) and not at all in the opposite direction (reverse).). 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Seat Memory Switch: Locations Component Location Index Driving Position Memory System (DPMS) Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 589 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 590 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Memory Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 591 Seat Memory Switch: Service and Repair Driving Position Memory Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door panel. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the driver's position memory switch (B). 3. Remove the two screws, then remove the switch from the door panel. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Locations Component Location Index Moonroof Electrical Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 596 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 597 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 598 Sunroof / Moonroof Switch: Service and Repair Moonroof Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the roof console. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Testing and Inspection 2. Remove the two screws (A) then pull out the moonroof switch (B) from the roof console (C). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 5. Install the switch and light in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Trunk / Liftgate Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations Component Location Index Gauges Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 607 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 608 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 609 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection Brake Fluid Level Switch Test 1. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connector. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down position and in the up position. NOTE: - Remove the brake fluid completely from the reservoir. With the float down, there should be continuity. - Fill the reservoir with brake fluid to the MAX (upper) level (A). With the float up, there should be no continuity. - If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the VSA system DTC's first. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview - If the parking brake switch and brake fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes 3. Reconnect the brake fluid level switch connector. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations Component Location Index Idle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 614 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 615 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 616 Braking Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection Brake Pedal Position Switch Test 1. Disconnect the 4P connector (A) from the brake pedal position switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is released. - There should be continuity when the brake pedal is pressed. 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 3 and No. 4. - There should be continuity when the brake pedal is released. - There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is pressed. 4. If necessary, adjust or replace the switch, or adjust the pedal height. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Brake Pedal Assy/Adjustments Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 617 Braking Sensor/Switch: Adjustments Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment Pedal Height 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Turn the brake pedal position switch counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 3. Remove the driver's side kick panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 4. Remove the footrest. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Carpet/Service and Repair/Front Carpet Replacement 5. Remove the steering joint cover. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Service and Repair/Steering Column Removal and Installation 6. Pull back the carpet, and find the cutout (A) in the insulation. Measure the pedal height (B) from the left side middle of the pedal pad (C) to the floor (D) without the insulation. 7. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance 8. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Turn the switch 45 ° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. 9. Install all removed parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 618 10. Check the brake pedal free play. Pedal Free Play 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode, inspect the play (A) at the brake pedal pad (B) by pushing the brake pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is out of specification, adjust the brake pedal position switch (C). If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in brake drag. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Component Location Index Gauges Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 623 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 624 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 625 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the VSA system DTC's first. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 1. Remove the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. - With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. - With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and the brake fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes 4. Reconnect the parking brake switch connector. 5. Install the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations VSA System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 629 Steering Angle Sensor: Service and Repair VSA System Steering Angle Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration. 1. With the wheels in the straight-ahead position and the steering wheel centered, remove the steering wheel. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Wheel/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Steering Wheel Removal 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the combination light switch 12P connector (A) and the steering angle sensor 5P connector (B) from the combination switch assembly/cable reel (C). 4. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the cable reel 4P connector (B), then disconnect the dashboard wire harness 20P connector (C) and the wiper/washer switch 8P connector (D). 5. Remove the combination switch assembly/cable reel mounting screws (A). 6. Remove the wire harness clips (B), then remove the combination switch assembly/cable reel from the steering column. 7. Remove the cable reel. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 630 8. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B) from the combination switch body assembly (C). 9. Install the combination switch body assembly in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body. - When installing the cable reel, set the turn signal canceling sleeve position so that the arrow points straight up. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable/Service and Repair - Note that the tightening order is specified for the combination switch assembly/cable reel mounting screws. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Service and Repair/Steering Column Removal and Installation - With SH-AWD: Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Traction Control Switch: Locations Component Location Index VSA System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 635 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 636 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 637 Traction Control Switch: Testing and Inspection VSA OFF Switch Test 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel. 4. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector (B). 5. On the switch side, check for continuity between the VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the button is pressed, and no continuity when the button is released. 6. Install the VSA OFF switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Component Location Index Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Locations Component Location Index VSA System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Component Location Index > Page 643 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 644 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector View > Page 647 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector View > Page 648 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector View > Page 649 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 650 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair VSA System Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). 4. Remove the bolts and the wheel speed sensor (C). 5. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Install the wheel speed sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. - If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing. Investigate the cause before replacing the wheel speed sensor. 6. Start the engine, and test-drive the vehicle. Make sure that the ABS and VSA indicators turn off during the test-drive and do not come back on. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). 4. Remove the clamps, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 5. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Install the wheel speed sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. - If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit. Investigate the cause before replacing the wheel speed sensor. - Lubricate the O-ring on the wheel speed sensor. 6. Start the engine, and test-drive the vehicle. Make sure that the ABS and VSA indicators turn off during the test-drive and do not come back on. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 651 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Yaw Rate Sensor: Locations Component Location Index VSA System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 656 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 657 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 658 Yaw Rate Sensor: Service and Repair VSA System Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Replacement Without SH-AWD NOTE: - Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive. - Do not use power tools. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the center console. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor 4P connector (A). 4. Remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor mounting nuts (B), then remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (C). 5. Check for deformation in the bracket (D). If necessary replace it. 6. Install the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Locations Component Location Index Fan Controls Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 664 Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > ECT Sensor 1 Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > ECT Sensor 1 Connector View > Page 667 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 670 Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Drain the engine coolant. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Cruise Control Switch: Locations Component Location Index Cruise Control Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 676 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 677 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 678 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement There are SRS components located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and the precautions and procedures, See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair in the SRS before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the steering wheel. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Wheel/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Steering Wheel Removal 2. Remove the steering wheel rear cover. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Wheel/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Steering Wheel Removal 3. Disconnect the cable real subharness connector (A), then remove the steering wheel trim/cruise control combination switch (B). 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity, and it matches the table, but the cruise control combination switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or both positions, replace the steering wheel trim/cruise control combination switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 684 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 685 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 686 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 687 Oil Pressure Sender: Testing and Inspection Engine Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (A). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (B) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 688 Oil Pressure Sender: Service and Repair Engine Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (A), then remove the oil pressure switch (B). 2. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the switch and the switch mounting hole. 3. Apply a very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch with a new O-ring (C). NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. 4. Install the oil pressure switch with a new O-ring. 5. Connect the oil pressure switch connector. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Air Conditioning Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Air Conditioning Switch: Service and Repair Climate Control Switch Removal/Installation 1. Remove the audio-navigation unit (with navigation), See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc/Service and Repair/Audio-Navigation Unit Removal/Installation (With Navigation) or the audio unit (without navigation). See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc/Service and Repair/Audio Unit Removal/Installation (Without Navigation) 2. Remove the self-tapping screws and the climate control switches (A). 3. Install the control switches in the reverse order of removal. After installation, operate the various functions to make sure they work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations Component Location Index Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 697 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 698 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 699 Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Service and Repair Outside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. From behind the bumper, disconnect the 2P connector (A). Detach the clip and remove the outside air temperature sensor (B). 2. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Locations Component Location Index Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 704 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 705 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 706 Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch: Service and Repair Humidity/In-car Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Remove these items: - Driver's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Remote slot (with keyless access) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Keyless Entry/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Keyless Access System Remote Slot Test/Replacement 2. Disconnect the air hose from the heater unit. See: Heating and Air Conditioning/Air Door/Air Door Actuator / Motor/Service and Repair/Driver's Air Mix Control Motor Replacement Keep grip on air hose while doing following procedures to assist in removal of sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the Humidity/in-car temperature sensor (B). View from top 4. Unhook the left lock tab (A) of the humidity/in-car temperature sensor by pushing your thumb (B) between the sensor and tab (C). 5. Pull sensor toward steering column to unlock right lock tab (A). Maintain the pressure with thumb to keep left tab unlocked while unhooking right lock tab then pull out the sensor. 6. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Cabin Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 707 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Component Locations Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 712 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 713 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 714 Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch: Service and Repair Evaporator Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Passenger's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the evaporator temperature sensor (B) by pressing the lock tab toward the evaporator housing, then slide the male coupler down, and remove the connector clip (C). Remove the self-tapping screw and the evaporator temperature sensor. 3. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 718 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 719 Humidity Sensor: Service and Repair Humidity/In-car Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Remove these items: - Driver's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Remote slot (with keyless access) See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Keyless Entry/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Keyless Access System Remote Slot Test/Replacement 2. Disconnect the air hose from the heater unit. See: Heating and Air Conditioning/Air Door/Air Door Actuator / Motor/Service and Repair/Driver's Air Mix Control Motor Replacement Keep grip on air hose while doing following procedures to assist in removal of sensor. 3. Disconnect the connector (A) from the Humidity/in-car temperature sensor (B). View from top 4. Unhook the left lock tab (A) of the humidity/in-car temperature sensor by pushing your thumb (B) between the sensor and tab (C). 5. Pull sensor toward steering column to unlock right lock tab (A). Maintain the pressure with thumb to keep left tab unlocked while unhooking right lock tab then pull out the sensor. 6. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Humidity Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 720 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations Component Location Index Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 725 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 726 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Solar Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Climate Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 731 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 732 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Solar Sensor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 733 Solar Sensor: Service and Repair Sunlight Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the center speaker lid. See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Speaker Test/Replacement 2. Push out the sunlight sensor (A) from the speaker lid, then disconnect the connector (B). Be careful not to damage the sensor or the dashboard. 3. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 738 Dimmer Switch: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard trim. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Trim Removal/Installation 2. Remove the two screws and dash lights brightness controller (A) from the driver's outer dashboard trim (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified or LED does not turn on, replace the switch. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 744 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 745 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 746 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations Gauges Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 750 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test Without SH-AWD NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram. 1. Check the No. 12 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs. - If no problem is found, go to step 3. - If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTC's troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 4. Remove the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 5. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 7. Measure the voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch turned to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. There should be battery voltage. If the voltage is OK, go to step 8. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: - a short in the PUR wire to ground. - an open in the PUR or the ORN wire. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 9. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank. See: Service and Repair/Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation 10. Measure the resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Pump/Service and Repair/Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 751 11. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 12. Remove the No. 15 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 14. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates F with the float at F. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate F, replace the gauge control module. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Instrument Cluster / Carrier/Service and Repair - If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE: - The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is in ACC (I) and LOCK (0) or when the vehicle is in ACC or OFF mode, regardless of the fuel level. - Remove the No. 15 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit; without SH-AWD system, See: Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation with SH-AWD system. See: Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connector (C) is firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank; without SH-AWD system, See: Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation with SH-AWD system. See: Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Without SH-AWD With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 754 Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Fuel sender wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 Removal (without SH-AWD) 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Head Assembly/Fuel Pressure Release/Service and Repair 2. Remove the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 3. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 4. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 5. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (C) from the fuel tank unit. 6. Using the special tool, loosen the locknut (A). 7. Remove the locknut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 755 Installation (without SH-AWD) 1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit partially into the fuel tank. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the new base gasket. - Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit. - Do not coat the base gasket with oil. 2. Transfer the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit to the fuel tank. 3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and fuel tank unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank until the fuel tank unit rests on top of the base gasket. NOTE: To avoid a fuel leak, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 4. Using the special tool, tighten a new locknut (A) with a new locknut plate (B) to the specified torque. NOTE: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 756 - After tightening, make sure the marks are still aligned. - After installation, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 5. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector, then connect the quick-connect fitting. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2 seconds, and fuel pressure rises. Repeat this two or three times, then check for fuel leaks. 7. Install the access panel. 8. Install the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 9. Install the fuel fill cap. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations Component Location Index Gauges Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 761 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 762 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 763 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS/VSA indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the VSA system DTC's first. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 1. Remove the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. - With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. - With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and the brake fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module self-diagnostic function. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes 4. Reconnect the parking brake switch connector. 5. Install the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Ambient Light Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Exterior Lights Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 769 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 770 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 771 Ambient Light Sensor: Testing and Inspection Automatic Lighting Sensor Test/Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard. 1. Remove the center speaker lid. See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Speaker Test/Replacement 2. Pry out the automatic lighting sensor (A). 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 4. Measure the voltage between automatic lighting sensor 5P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 5. - 3.6-3.7 V or more with the sensor out of direct sunlight. - 3.3-3.5 V or less with the sensor in direct sunlight. 5. If the voltage is not as specified, replace the automatic lighting sensor. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Ambient Light Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 772 Ambient Light Sensor: Service and Repair Automatic Lighting Sensor Test/Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard. 1. Remove the center speaker lid. See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Speaker Test/Replacement 2. Pry out the automatic lighting sensor (A). 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 4. Measure the voltage between automatic lighting sensor 5P connector terminals No. 3 and No. 5. - 3.6-3.7 V or more with the sensor out of direct sunlight. - 3.3-3.5 V or less with the sensor in direct sunlight. 5. If the voltage is not as specified, replace the automatic lighting sensor. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 776 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 777 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 12P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. 6. If all the continuity is not as specified, remove the two screws and replace the switch. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 783 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 784 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Door Switch Connector View > Page 785 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 789 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 790 Hazard Warning Switch: Service and Repair Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center vent. See: Heating and Air Conditioning/Air Register/Service and Repair/Dashboard Center Vent Removal/Installation 2. Push out the hazard warning switch (A) from behind the vent panel. 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (B) from the hazard warning switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the hazard warning switch. 6. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Horn Switch: Component Locations Horns Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 795 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 796 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 797 Horn Switch: Testing and Inspection Horn Switch Test NOTE: Check for a blown No 10 (20 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. If it is blown, check for a faulty horn relay (built in the relay circuit board).. See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection 1. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the dash board wire harness 20P connector (A) from the cable reel (B). 3. Connect dash board wire harness 20P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire. The horns should sound. - If the horns sound, go to step 7. - If the horns don't sound, go to step 4. 4. Remove the jumper wire from the horn switch 20P connector. 5. Check for continuity between dash board wire harness 20P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. There should continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 6. - If there is no continuity, repair open in the wire, or poor ground (G501). 6. Measure the voltage between dashboard wire harness 20P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, replace the horns. - If there is no battery voltage, repair an open in the wire, or faulty driver's MICU; replace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 7. Reconnect dashboard wire harness 20P connector to the cable reel, then remove the driver's airbag assembly. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Air Bag/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Driver's Airbag Replacement 8. Connect cable reel subharness 20P connector terminals No. 11 and No. 12 with a jumper wire. The horns should sound. - If the horns sound, go to step 9. - If the horns don't sound, repair open in the wire, or replace the cable reel. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable/Service and Repair 9. Disconnect the cable reel subharness 20P connector (A). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 798 10. Check for continuity between terminal (T9) and cable reel subharness 20P connector terminal No. 12. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 11 - If there is no continuity. - Open in the wire, replace the cable reel subharness. - Poor terminal (T9). 11. Check for continuity between cable reel subharness 20P connector terminal No. 11 and horn switch positive terminal 1P. There should be continuity. If there is continuity, check or adjust the installation of the driver's airbag assembly and the horn switch plate or replace the driver's airbag assembly. - If there is no continuity, repair open in the wire, or replace the cable reel subharness. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 805 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 806 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 807 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times, to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Accelerator Pedal/Service and Repair 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update or substitute a known-good PCM, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Accelerator Pedal/Service and Repair then go to step 1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 808 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 3. Remove the two mounting nuts (B), then remove the clip (C). Using a flat-tip screwdriver (D), push the lock (E), then remove the accelerator pedal pad (F) from the pedal stop (G). 4. Remove the accelerator pedal module. NOTE: - The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. - If the pedal stop is damaged, replace it by pulling back the carpet (A), and removing the nuts (B), the bolt (C), and the pedal stop (D). Installation 1. Install the accelerator pedal pad (A) to the pedal stop (B). Slide the pad until it locks with a clicking sound. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 809 2. Install a new clip (A). NOTE: - The clip must be replaced whenever the accelerator pedal module is installed. - Make sure that the accelerator pedal module and the clip are secure. 3. Install the nuts (B), and connect the APP sensor 6P connector (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 814 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 815 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 816 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT senor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the screws (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 821 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 822 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 823 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the timing belt. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Removal 2. Remove the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor pulse plate) (A). 3. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector (B), then remove the back cover (C). 4. Remove the CMP sensor (A) from the back cover. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal Install the timing belt.. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Installation 6. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 828 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 829 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CKP Pulse Plate Replacement Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Pulse Plate Replacement CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Block Assembly/Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Remove the CKP pulse plate (A) from the crankshaft. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. 3. Install the CKP pulse plate in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CKP Pulse Plate Replacement > Page 832 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. NOTE: Make the vehicle is level, because engine oil will drip out when you remove the sensor. 2. Remove the CKP sensor cover (A). 3. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector (B). 4. Remove the CKP sensor (C). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). 6. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 836 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair Electric Load Sensor: Service and Repair ELD Replacement 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the upper cover (A), then remove the two positive (+) terminals (B). 3. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box (C) from the bracket. 4. Remove the lower cover (A). 5. Disconnect the ELD 3P connector (B). 6. Remove the fuses (A) and (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 840 7. Release the three lock tabs (A), then remove the ELD (B). 8. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 9. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit; without SH-AWD system, See: Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel/Fuel Gauge Sender/Service and Repair/Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation with SH-AWD system. See: Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel/Fuel Gauge Sender/Service and Repair/Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel gauge sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connector (C) is firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank; without SH-AWD system, See: Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel/Fuel Gauge Sender/Service and Repair/Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation with SH-AWD system. See: Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel/Fuel Gauge Sender/Service and Repair/Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Without SH-AWD With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 845 Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Fuel sender wrench 07AAA-S0XA100 Removal (without SH-AWD) 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Head Assembly/Fuel Pressure Release/Service and Repair 2. Remove the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 3. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 4. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 5. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (C) from the fuel tank unit. 6. Using the special tool, loosen the locknut (A). 7. Remove the locknut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 846 Installation (without SH-AWD) 1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit partially into the fuel tank. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the new base gasket. - Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit. - Do not coat the base gasket with oil. 2. Transfer the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit to the fuel tank. 3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and fuel tank unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank until the fuel tank unit rests on top of the base gasket. NOTE: To avoid a fuel leak, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 4. Using the special tool, tighten a new locknut (A) with a new locknut plate (B) to the specified torque. NOTE: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 847 - After tightening, make sure the marks are still aligned. - After installation, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 5. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector, then connect the quick-connect fitting. 6. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch to ON (II) or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2 seconds, and fuel pressure rises. Repeat this two or three times, then check for fuel leaks. 7. Install the access panel. 8. Install the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 9. Install the fuel fill cap. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index EVAP Control System Component Location Index Without SH-AWD With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 852 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 853 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 854 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair FTP Sensor Replacement Without SH-AWD 1. Remove the bolt (A), and disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector (B), the FTP sensor 3P connector (C), and the hoses (D). 2. Remove the bolts (E), and move the EVAP canister assembly (F) to the rear. 3. Remove the FTP sensor (A). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (B) and a new retainer (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 859 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 860 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 861 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT senor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the screws (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Knock Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 866 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 867 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 868 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 2. Remove the injector base. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Injector Base Removal and Installation 3. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the knock sensor (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 873 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 874 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 875 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Service and Repair MAP Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector (A). 2. Remove the screw (B). 3. Remove the MAP sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Oxygen Sensor: Component Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 880 Oxygen Sensor: Connector Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front A/F Sensor (B2, S1) Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front A/F Sensor (B2, S1) Connector View > Page 883 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front A/F Sensor (B2, S1) Connector View > Page 884 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Front A/F Sensor (B2, S1) Connector View > Page 885 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair A/F Sensor Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required - O2 sensor wrench, Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available Front Bank (Bank2) 1. Disconnect the front A/F sensor 6P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Rear Bank (Bank1) 1. Disconnect the rear A/F sensor 6P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 888 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair Secondary HO2S Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required - O2 sensor wrench, Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available Front Bank (Bank2) 1. Disconnect the front secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), and remove the harness clamps (B). 2. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 3. Remove the harness clamp (A), then remove the front secondary HO2S (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Rear Bank (Bank 1) 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Disconnect the rear secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), and remove the harness clamps (B). 3. Remove the rear secondary HO2S (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 889 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 894 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 895 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 900 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 901 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 902 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 3. Remove the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 4. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 5. Check for continuity between terminals at the transmission range switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 6. Transmission range switch test is finished if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, check that the transmission range switch installation. If the switch installation is OK, replace the switch. See: Service and Repair 7. Install the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 8. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 9. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement Transmission Range Switch Connector Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 903 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 3. Remove the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 4. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket (A). 5. Remove the spring clip (B) and the control pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from the selector control lever (E). 6. Check the bushing (F) in the shift cable end for proper fit and wear. If the bushing is loose or worn, replace the shift cable. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Shift Linkage/Shift Cable/Service and Repair 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (A) on the selector control lever (B), and remove the nut (C), the lock washer, the spring washer (D) and the selector control lever. 9. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (E) on the transmission range switch (F), hold the selector control shaft (G) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen the locknut (H). 10. Remove the locknut and the lock washer, then remove the transmission range switch (two bolts). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 904 11. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the selector control shaft fully counterclockwise (viewed from the shaft end) to the P position. Turn the selector control shaft back two click-stopped positions so that it is in the N position. 12. Set a new transmission range switch (A) to the N position. The transmission range switch clicks in the N position, and the selector control shaft slot (B) aligns with the N position line (C). 13. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently over the selector control shaft (B), and install the bolts loosely. 14. Install a new lock washer (A) over the selector control shaft (B) while aligning the indicator tab (C) of the lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on the transmission range switch (E), and install the locknut (F). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 905 15. Push the locknut against the transmission housing to seat the transmission range switch into the selector control shaft, and tighten the locknut (A) to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft) while holding the selector control shaft (B) with a 6.0 mm wrench (C), then bend the lock tabs (D) of the lock washer against the locknut. 16. Tighten the bolts (E) securing the transmission range switch to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft). 17. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B), a new lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the selector control shaft (E). Bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the locknut. 18. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil. Clean if needed, then connect the connector securely. 19. Apply molybdenum grease to the hole in the bushing in the shift cable end. Attach the shift cable end to the selector control lever, then insert the control pin into the selector control lever hole through the shift cable end, and secure the control pin with the spring clip. 20. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts. 21. Install the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 22. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 23. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 25. Check that the engine starts in P and N, and does not start in any other shift lever position. 26. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 906 27. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch: Locations Component Location Index VTEC System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 911 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 912 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 913 Variable Valve Timing Pressure Switch: Service and Repair Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil pressure switch connector (A), then remove the rocker arm oil pressure switch (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > EGR Valve Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 918 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 924 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 925 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 926 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Pending or Confirmed DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times, to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Accelerator Pedal/Service and Repair 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update or substitute a known-good PCM, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Accelerator Pedal/Service and Repair then go to step 1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 927 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 3. Remove the two mounting nuts (B), then remove the clip (C). Using a flat-tip screwdriver (D), push the lock (E), then remove the accelerator pedal pad (F) from the pedal stop (G). 4. Remove the accelerator pedal module. NOTE: - The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. - If the pedal stop is damaged, replace it by pulling back the carpet (A), and removing the nuts (B), the bolt (C), and the pedal stop (D). Installation 1. Install the accelerator pedal pad (A) to the pedal stop (B). Slide the pad until it locks with a clicking sound. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 928 2. Install a new clip (A). NOTE: - The clip must be replaced whenever the accelerator pedal module is installed. - Make sure that the accelerator pedal module and the clip are secure. 3. Install the nuts (B), and connect the APP sensor 6P connector (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 933 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 934 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 935 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT senor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the screws (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Throttle Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 940 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 941 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 947 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 948 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 949 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the timing belt. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Removal 2. Remove the front camshaft pulley (CMP sensor pulse plate) (A). 3. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector (B), then remove the back cover (C). 4. Remove the CMP sensor (A) from the back cover. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal Install the timing belt.. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Installation 6. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 954 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 955 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CKP Pulse Plate Replacement Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Pulse Plate Replacement CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Block Assembly/Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Remove the CKP pulse plate (A) from the crankshaft. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. 3. Install the CKP pulse plate in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CKP Pulse Plate Replacement > Page 958 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. NOTE: Make the vehicle is level, because engine oil will drip out when you remove the sensor. 2. Remove the CKP sensor cover (A). 3. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector (B). 4. Remove the CKP sensor (C). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). 6. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 963 Ignition Switch: Locations Location By Photo Ignition Switch Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 969 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 970 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 971 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 972 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 973 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 974 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 975 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 976 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 977 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 978 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 979 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 980 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 981 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 982 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 983 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 984 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 985 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 988 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 989 Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 990 Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 993 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 994 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 995 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 996 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 997 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 998 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 999 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1000 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1001 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1002 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1003 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1004 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1005 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1006 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1007 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 1008 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Switch Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the ignition switch. See: Service and Repair 6. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) > Page 1011 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ignition Key Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Key Switch Test 1. Remove the steering column upper and lower covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - There should be continuity with the key in the ignition switch. - There should be no continuity with the key removed. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the steering lock assembly. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Lock/Service and Repair/Steering Lock Replacement (Without Keyless Access System) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1012 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Ignition Switch Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Knock Sensor: Locations Component Location Index PGM-FI System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1017 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1018 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1019 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 2. Remove the injector base. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Injector Base Removal and Installation 3. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the knock sensor (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Impact Sensor: Locations Component Location Index SRS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1025 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1026 Impact Sensor: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1027 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1030 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1031 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1032 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1033 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1034 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1035 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1036 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1037 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front Impact Sensor Connector View > Page 1038 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures, then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the B-pillar lower trim. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Trim Panel/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - B-Pillar Upper/Lower Trim 3. Disconnect the SRS floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the side impact sensor (first) (B). 4. Remove the TORX bolt (C) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (first). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (first) with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the SRS floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (first) (C). 2. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 3. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Reinstall all removed parts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 1041 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the rear seat. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the SRS floor wire harness 2P connector (A) from the side impact sensor (second) (B). 4. Remove the TORX bolt (C) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (second). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (second) with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect the SRS floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second) (C). 2. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 3. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Reinstall all removed parts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 1042 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Front Impact Sensor Replacement Front Impact Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front bumper. See: Body and Frame/Bumper/Front Bumper/Service and Repair 3. Left side; remove the bolts (A), then release the intake air resonator (B). 4. Disconnect the left or right engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). 5. Remove the TORX bolts (B) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the front impact sensor (C). Installation 1. Install the front impact sensor with new TORX bolts (A), then connect the left or right engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor (C). 2. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 3. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Reinstall all removed parts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 1043 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Safing Sensor: Locations Component Location Index SRS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1048 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 1049 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 1050 Safing Sensor: Service and Repair Rear Safing Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the rear seat cushion. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Seat Cover/Service and Repair/Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement 3. Disconnect the SRS floor wire harness 4P connector (A) from the rear safing sensor (B). 4. Remove the TORX bolt (C) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the rear safing sensor. Installation 1. Install the rear safing sensor with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect the SRS floor wire harness 4P connector (B) to the rear safing sensor (C). 2. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 3. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 5. Reinstall all removed parts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1055 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Seat Belt Buckle Switch Connector View > Page 1058 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Seat Occupant Sensor: Component Locations SRS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1063 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Inner Side Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Connector View (USA/Canada) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Inner Side Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Connector View (USA/Canada) > Page 1066 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1067 Seat Occupant Sensor: Testing and Inspection Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Output Check After a Vehicle Collision 1. Position the front passenger's seat to the rear most position, and adjust the seat-back to the forward most position. Do not move the seat from this position. 2. Drive the vehicle, accelerate to 20 mph (36 km/h), then stop on level ground. 3. Make sure the ignition switch is in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 4. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A). 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 6. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the SRS unit. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 7. From the SRS inspection menu, select Seat Weight Sensor, then Misc test, then SEAT OUTPUT CHK and follow the prompts until the ODS operation check has been completed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1068 Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Removal NOTE: - Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair - The front passenger's weight sensors are part of the seat frame and must be replaced as an front passenger's seat frame assembly. 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures, then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat frame/front passenger's weight sensor as an assembly. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Frame Replacement Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. - The front passenger's weight sensor are part of the seat frame and must be replaced as an assembly. 1. Install the removed parts to the new seat frame/front passenger's weight sensor as an assembly. 2. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 3. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Calibrate the ODS unit. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/ODS Unit Initialization 5. Confirm proper SRS operation: Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode; the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Seat Position Sensor: Locations Component Location Index SRS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1073 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1074 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1075 Seat Position Sensor: Service and Repair Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement Removal NOTE: Do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, and do not connect the battery cable while removing the driver's seat position sensor. 1. Raise the seat all the way up. 2. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. 3. Remove the recline cover. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation 4. Disconnect the seat position sensor 2P connector (A) from the driver's seat position sensor (B). 5. Remove the TORX bolt (C) and nut (D) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the driver's seat position sensor. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness so it is not pinched or interferes with other parts. - Do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, and do not connect the battery cable while installing the driver's seat position sensor. 1. Install the driver's seat position sensor with a new TORX bolts (A) and new nut (B). 2. Connect the seat position sensor 2P connector (C) to the driver's seat position sensor (D). 3. Reinstall the recline cover. See: Body and Frame/Seats/Service and Repair/Front Seat Recline Cover Removal/Installation 4. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 5. Clear any DTCs. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 6. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Driver's Seat Position Sensor Operation Check Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1076 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1082 Ignition Switch: Locations Location By Photo Ignition Switch Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1088 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1089 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1090 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1091 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1092 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1093 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1094 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1095 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1096 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1097 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1098 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1099 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1100 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1101 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1102 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1103 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1104 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1107 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1108 Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1109 Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1112 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1113 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1114 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1115 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1116 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1117 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1118 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1119 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1120 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1121 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1122 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1123 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1124 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1125 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1126 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 1127 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Switch Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 5. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the ignition switch. See: Service and Repair 6. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) > Page 1130 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Ignition Key Switch Test (Without Keyless Access System) Ignition Key Switch Test 1. Remove the steering column upper and lower covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 1 and No. 2. - There should be continuity with the key in the ignition switch. - There should be no continuity with the key removed. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the steering lock assembly. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Lock/Service and Repair/Steering Lock Replacement (Without Keyless Access System) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1131 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Ignition Switch Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the 5P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Start / Stop Switch: Locations Component Location Index Starting System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1136 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1137 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1138 Start / Stop Switch: Testing and Inspection Engine Start/Stop Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's center trim. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Dashboard Center Trim Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the engine start/stop switch (B). 3. Remove the two screws, and the engine start/stop switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Start / Stop Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1139 Start / Stop Switch: Service and Repair Engine Start/Stop Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the driver's center trim. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Dashboard Center Trim Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 10P connector (A) from the engine start/stop switch (B). 3. Remove the two screws, and the engine start/stop switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1145 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View > Page 1148 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View > Page 1149 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1150 Steering Angle Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing The Torque Sensor Neutral Position The torque sensor neutral position must be memorized whenever the steering gearbox or the EPS control unit is replaced. Note that the torque sensor neutral position is not affected when erasing the DTC. NOTE: The torque sensor is temperature sensitive. When memorizing the torque sensor neutral position, the ambient temperature must be above 68 °F (20 °C). 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0) or with the vehicle ignition in the OFF mode, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the EPS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. From the EPS MENU, select MISCELLANEOUS TEST, then TORQUE SENSOR LEARN, and follow the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1155 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View > Page 1158 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > EPS Motor Angle Sensor Connector View > Page 1159 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Suspension > Steering Angle Sensor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1160 Steering Angle Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing The Torque Sensor Neutral Position The torque sensor neutral position must be memorized whenever the steering gearbox or the EPS control unit is replaced. Note that the torque sensor neutral position is not affected when erasing the DTC. NOTE: The torque sensor is temperature sensitive. When memorizing the torque sensor neutral position, the ambient temperature must be above 68 °F (20 °C). 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0) or with the vehicle ignition in the OFF mode, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the EPS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. From the EPS MENU, select MISCELLANEOUS TEST, then TORQUE SENSOR LEARN, and follow the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Sensor: Locations TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1165 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing a Tire Pressure Sensor ID When a tire pressure sensor is replaced, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. NOTE: To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. NOTE: - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. Memorize the ID with the HDS The HDS can memorize the ID of a new tire pressure sensor or a previously memorized ID. 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Memorize the ID of the tire pressure sensor by following the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: - See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1166 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal NOTICE Each TPMS sensor contains a lithium anode battery that is not removable. The complete TPMS sensor should be disposed of according to local battery disposal guidelines or requirements. An improperly disposed battery can be harmful to the environment. 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Maintenance/Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core to deflate the tire. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). Note these items to avoid damaging the tire pressure sensor: - Do the outside of the wheel first. - Position the wheel as shown so the valve stem (B) is 90 degrees from the bead breaker (C) as shown. - Do not position the bead breaker of the tire changer too close to the rim. 5. Position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C), and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and the washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with the valve stem (C) from the wheel. NOTE: Check the nut and the washer, if they have deterioration or damage, replace them with new ones during reassembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1167 7. Remove and replace the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: - The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. - Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel, or when replacing the tire. Installation NOTE: - Use only wheels that have a "TPMS" mark (A) on them. - The vehicle may be equipped with one of the three types of wheels. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1168 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. NOTE: Install the tire pressure sensor so that the sensor housing surface (E) should not exceed the protrusion (F) of the wheel to prevent the sensor housing from being caught on the bead of the tire when assembling the tire. Be sure to always mount the tire pressure sensor with the feet (G) in the downward position toward the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: - Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. - Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1169 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, with a paste-type tire mounting lubricant, and position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, See: Maintenance/Alignment/Service and Repair then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specification. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Testing and Inspection Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Component Location Index Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1176 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1177 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector View > Page 1180 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Connector View > Page 1181 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 2. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch. 3. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 4. Connect the connector securely. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 1184 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block both rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch. 5. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 1185 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Install a new 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch. 5. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 8. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1190 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1191 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1192 Shift Interlock Switch: Testing and Inspection A/T Park Pin Switch Test 1. Remove the center console panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Panel Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the A/T shift lock solenoid/park pin switch 4P connector (A) from the park pin switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between terminals No. 3 and No. 4. - There should be continuity when the shift the shift out of P. - There should be no continuity when the shift the shift lever to P. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the park pin switch. See: Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1193 Shift Interlock Switch: Service and Repair A/T Park Pin Switch Replacement NOTE: The park pin switch, and the shift lock solenoid harness are not available separately. Replace the park pin switch, and the shift lock solenoid harness as a set. 1. Remove the shift lock solenoid. See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/A/T Shift Lock Solenoid Test 2. Remove the harness wire ties (A), and remove the park pin switch (B). 3. Replace the park pin switch. 4. Install the park pin switch, and secure the park pin switch with the new screw (C). 5. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector to the shift lock solenoid. Then install the shift lock solenoid. See: Powertrain Management/Transmission Control Systems/Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain/Actuators and Solenoids - A/T/Shift Interlock Solenoid/Service and Repair 6. Route the harnesses as shown. Take the slack out of the harnesses, and secure the harnesses with the harness wire ties (A). 7. Install the shift lever boot base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Shifter A/T/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/A/T Shift Lever Boot and A/T Shift Lever Boot Base Replacement 8. Install the shift lever assembly. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Shifter A/T/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/A/T Shift Lever Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1198 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1199 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1200 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 3. Remove the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 4. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 5. Check for continuity between terminals at the transmission range switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 6. Transmission range switch test is finished if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, check that the transmission range switch installation. If the switch installation is OK, replace the switch. See: Service and Repair 7. Install the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 8. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 9. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement Transmission Range Switch Connector Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1201 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 3. Remove the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 4. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket (A). 5. Remove the spring clip (B) and the control pin (C), then separate the shift cable end (D) from the selector control lever (E). 6. Check the bushing (F) in the shift cable end for proper fit and wear. If the bushing is loose or worn, replace the shift cable. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Shift Linkage/Shift Cable/Service and Repair 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Pry the lock tab of the lock washer (A) on the selector control lever (B), and remove the nut (C), the lock washer, the spring washer (D) and the selector control lever. 9. Pry the lock tabs of the lock washer (E) on the transmission range switch (F), hold the selector control shaft (G) with a 6.0 mm wrench, and loosen the locknut (H). 10. Remove the locknut and the lock washer, then remove the transmission range switch (two bolts). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1202 11. With a 6.0 mm wrench, turn the selector control shaft fully counterclockwise (viewed from the shaft end) to the P position. Turn the selector control shaft back two click-stopped positions so that it is in the N position. 12. Set a new transmission range switch (A) to the N position. The transmission range switch clicks in the N position, and the selector control shaft slot (B) aligns with the N position line (C). 13. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently over the selector control shaft (B), and install the bolts loosely. 14. Install a new lock washer (A) over the selector control shaft (B) while aligning the indicator tab (C) of the lock washer with the N positioning line (D) on the transmission range switch (E), and install the locknut (F). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1203 15. Push the locknut against the transmission housing to seat the transmission range switch into the selector control shaft, and tighten the locknut (A) to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft) while holding the selector control shaft (B) with a 6.0 mm wrench (C), then bend the lock tabs (D) of the lock washer against the locknut. 16. Tighten the bolts (E) securing the transmission range switch to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft). 17. Install the control lever (A), the spring washer (B), a new lock washer (C), and the locknut (D) on the selector control shaft (E). Bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the locknut. 18. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil. Clean if needed, then connect the connector securely. 19. Apply molybdenum grease to the hole in the bushing in the shift cable end. Attach the shift cable end to the selector control lever, then insert the control pin into the selector control lever hole through the shift cable end, and secure the control pin with the spring clip. 20. Secure the shift cable bracket with the nuts. 21. Install the battery base. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 22. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 23. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 24. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 25. Check that the engine starts in P and N, and does not start in any other shift lever position. 26. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1204 27. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1209 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Diagrams > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Connector View > Page 1212 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair A/T Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement A/T Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the sensor washer. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 1215 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair A/T Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement A/T Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 2. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1220 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1221 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1222 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block both rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector (A), then remove the connector from the connector bracket (B). 6. Remove the harness clamp (C) from its bracket (D). 7. Remove the ATF temperature sensor (E), and replace the sensor. 8. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new ATF temperature sensor, and install the ATF temperature sensor. 9. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil. Connect the connector securely, and install it on its bracket. 10. Install the harness clamp on its bracket. 11. Refill the transmission with ATF. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement 12. Install the splash shield. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Switch > Component Information > Locations Heated Glass Element Switch: Locations Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Power Window Switch: Locations Component Location Index Doors Component Location Index Front Door Rear Door Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1231 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1232 Power Window Switch: Locations Location By Photo Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1233 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Connector View > Page 1236 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Connector View > Page 1237 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Connector View > Page 1238 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Window Master Switch Replacement Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Power Window Master Switch Replacement Power Window Master Switch Replacement 1. Remove the driver's door armrest. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Remove the two screws (A), then remove the bracket (B) from the armrest assembly (C). 3. Remove the four screws and the power window master switch (D). 4. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. 5. After replacement, reset the power window control unit. See: Windows and Glass/Windows/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Window Master Switch Replacement > Page 1241 Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Replacement Front Passenger's Power Window Switch Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's door armrest. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Front Door/Front Door Panel/Service and Repair/Front Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Remove the two screws (A), then remove the bracket (B) from the armrest assembly (C). 3. Remove the four screws and the front passenger's power window switch (D). 4. Install the switch in the reverse order or removal. 5. After replacement, reset the power window control unit. See: Windows and Glass/Windows/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Power Window Master Switch Replacement > Page 1242 Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Rear Power Window Switch Replacement Rear Power Window Switch Replacement 1. Remove the rear door armrest. See: Body and Frame/Doors, Hood and Trunk/Doors/Rear Door/Rear Door Panel/Service and Repair/Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation 2. Remove the three screws and rear power window switch (A) from the armrest assembly (B). 3. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Washer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Washer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1247 Headlamp Washer Switch: Testing and Inspection Headlight Washer Switch Test/Replacement Canada models with SH-AWD 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the headlight washer switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Headlamp Washer Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1248 Headlamp Washer Switch: Service and Repair Headlight Washer Switch Test/Replacement Canada models with SH-AWD 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Disconnect the 6P connector (A) from the headlight washer switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. NOTE: Make sure the correct test lead (+ or -) is placed on the terminal. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Diagrams Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 3. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 4. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 5. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 7. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1258 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1259 Wiper Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the steering column covers. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Steering Column/Steering Column Cover/Service and Repair 2. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 3. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 4. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 5. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 7. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 Alignment: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1266 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1267 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1268 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1269 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1270 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1271 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1272 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1273 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1274 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 Alignment: By Symptom Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1278 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1279 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1280 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1281 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1282 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1283 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1284 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1285 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1286 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 Alignment: By Symptom Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1289 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1290 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1291 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1292 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1293 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1294 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1295 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1296 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom > Pull, grab for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1297 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 Alignment: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1300 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1301 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1302 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1303 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1304 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1305 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1306 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1307 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-034 > Page 1308 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1309 Alignment: Specifications Wheel alignment Specifications Wheel alignment Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1310 Alignment: Service and Repair Wheel Alignment NOTE: After adjusting the wheel alignment on a model with SH-AWD, do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/VSA Sensor Neutral Position Memorization The suspension can be adjusted for front and rear toe. Pre-Alignment Checks For proper inspection and adjustment of the wheel alignment, do these checks: 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Make sure the suspension is not modified. 3. Make sure the fuel tank is full, and that the spare tire, the jack, and the tools are in place on the vehicle. 4. Check the tire size and tire pressure. 5. Check the runout of the wheels and tires. See: Wheels and Tires/Wheels/Testing and Inspection 6. Check the suspension ball joints (Hold a tire with your hands, and move it up and down and right and left to check for movement). 7. Before doing alignment inspections, be sure to remove all extra weight from the vehicle, and no one should be inside the vehicle (driver or passengers). 8. Bounce the vehicle up and down several times to stabilize the suspension. 9. Check that the steering column is set at the center tilt and telescopic position. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1311 Caster Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Check the caster angle. - If the measurement is within specifications, measure the camber angle. - If the measurement is not within specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Camber Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Check the camber angle. Camber angle: - If the measurement is within specifications, measure the toe-in. - If the measurement is not within specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Set the steering column to the middle tilt and telescopic positions. Center the steering wheel spokes, and install a steering wheel holder tool. 2. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight ahead. Front toe-in: 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.) - If adjustment is required, go to step 3. - If no adjustment is required, go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. 3. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts (A) while holding the flat surface sections (B) of the tie-rod end with a wrench, and turn both tie-rods (C) until the front toe is within specifications. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1312 4. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts to the specified torque value. Reposition the rack-end boot if it is twisted or displaced. 5. Go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Check the toe. Rear toe-in: 2±2 mm (0.08±0.08 in.) - If adjustment is required, go to step 3. - If no adjustment is required, go to turning angle inspection. 3. Hold the adjusting bolt (A) on the rear control arm (B), and loosen the self-locking nut (C). 4. Replace the self-locking nut with a new one, and lightly tighten it. NOTE: Always use a new self-locking nut whenever it has been tightened to the specified torque value. 5. Adjust the rear toe by turning the adjusting bolt until the toe is correct. 6. While holding the adjusting bolt, tighten the self-locking nut to the specified torque. Turning Angle Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brake, and measure the turning angle of both wheels. Turning angle: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1313 2. If the measurement is not within the specifications, even up both sides of the tie-rod threaded section length while adjusting the front toe. If it is correct, but the turning angle is not within the specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel pressure regulator Specifications Fuel pressure regulator Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 1318 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel Pressure Test Special Tools Required - Fuel pressure gauge 07406-004000B - Fuel pressure gauge attachment set 07AAJ-S6MA150 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. See: Fuel Filter/Fuel Pressure Release/Service and Repair 2. Attach the fuel pressure gauge set and the fuel pressure gauge. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. - If the engine starts, go to step 5. - If the engine does not start, go to step 4. 4. Check to see if the fuel pump is running: Listen to the fuel filler port with the fuel fill cap removed. The fuel pump should run for 2 seconds when the ignition switch is first turned on. If the pump runs, go to step 5. - Without SH-AWD: If the pump does not run, do the fuel pump circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Pump/Testing and Inspection - With SH-AWD: If the pump does not run, refer to the DTC troubleshooting. 5. Read the fuel pressure gauge. - If the pressure is OK, the test is complete. - If the pressure is out of specification, replace the fuel pressure regulator; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Service and Repair with SH-AWD system See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Service and Repair and the fuel filter; without SH-AWD system, See: Fuel Filter/Service and Repair with SH-AWD system, See: Fuel Filter/Service and Repair then recheck the fuel pressure. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications Idle Speed: Specifications Engine idle Specifications Engine idle Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 1322 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: - Before checking the idle speed, check these items: The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs. - Ignition timing - Spark plugs - Air cleaner - PCV system - Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister purge valve connector. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in P or N) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: 6. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (the A/C switch on, the temperature set to max cool, the blower fan on high, and the headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to the symptom troubleshooting. 7. Reconnect the EVAP canister purge valve connector. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 1323 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner housing. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. - If you did not replace the air cleaner element, this procedure is complete. - If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. See: - If you replace the air cleaner element, reset the PCM with the HDS, and do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1328 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner housing. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. - If you did not replace the air cleaner element, this procedure is complete. - If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. See: - If you replace the air cleaner element, reset the PCM with the HDS, and do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by disabling the fuel pump and disconnecting the fuel line/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment. With the HDS 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 7. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select Fuel Pump OFF, then start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: - Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm or the PCM will continue to operate the fuel pump. - Pending or Confirmed DTC may be set during this procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them as needed. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 9. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 10. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 11. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1333 12. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). 13. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 14. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 15. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Without the HDS Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1334 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore them. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 7. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 8. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. 9. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1335 10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 12. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Firing Order: Specifications Ignition coil Specifications Ignition coil Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications Ignition Timing: Specifications Ignition timing Specifications Ignition timing Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 1342 Ignition Timing: Testing and Inspection Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 5. Check for DTCs. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 6. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in N or P) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 7. Check the idle speed. See: Idle Speed/Testing and Inspection 8. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 9. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness. 10. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the timing belt cover. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. Ignition Timing 11. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update or substitute a known-good PCM, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview then recheck. If the system works properly, and the PCM was substituted, replace the original PCM. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and Repair/PCM Replacement 12. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. 13. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 1343 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications Spark Plug: Specifications Spark plug Specifications Spark plug Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ................................. 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 lbf-ft) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1347 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark plug Specifications Spark plug Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1348 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the ignition coils. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 2. Remove the spark plugs, then inspect the electrodes and the ceramic insulator. - Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by these conditions: - Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too hot - Insufficient cooling - Fouled plugs may be caused by these conditions: - Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too cold - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coils 3. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE: - Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. - When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded (A), or if the spark plug gap (B) is out of specification. Use only the spark plugs listed. NOTE: Do not adjust the gap of iridium tip plugs. J35Z6 engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1349 J37A4 engine 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 18 N-m (1.8 kgf-m, 13 lbf-ft). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression Specifications Compression Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1353 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After the inspection, you must reset the powertrain control module (PCM). Otherwise, the PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from operating. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 3. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the PCM. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 6. Select ALL INJECTORS STOP in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu with the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Remove the six ignition coils. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 9. Remove the six spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Step on the accelerator pedal to open the throttle fully, then crank the engine with the starter motor, and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. - Incorrect valve clearance - Confirmation of cam timing - Damaged or worn cam lobes - Damaged or worn valves and seats - Damaged cylinder head gaskets - Damaged or worn piston rings - Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the six spark plugs. 16. Install the six ignition coils. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 17. Select PCM reset See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1354 Overview in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu to cancel ALL INJECTORS STOP with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Specifications Valve Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1358 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC), and monitor the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1. Adjust the valve clearance only when the ECT sensor 1 temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C). 1. Remove the cylinder head covers. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 1 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 3. Select the correct feeler gauge for the valve clearance you are going to check. REAR FRONT Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1359 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on the No. 1 cylinder, and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. INTAKE EXHAUST 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. While holding the adjusting screw with the screw driver, tighten the locknut, then recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1360 INTAKE EXHAUST 7. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 4 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 8. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 2 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 10. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 2 cylinder. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1361 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 5 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 12. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 5 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 3 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 14. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 3 cylinder. 15. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 6 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 16. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 6 cylinder. 17. Install the cylinder head covers. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1362 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Timing Belt: Testing and Inspection Timing Belt Inspection 1. Remove the drive belt. See: Drive Belt/Service and Repair 2. Remove the front upper cover. 3. Inspect the timing belt for cracks and oil or coolant contamination. Replace the belt if it is cracked, or contaminated with oil or coolant. Wipe off any oil or solvent that gets on the belt pulleys. NOTE: If there is any leakage, repair them before replacing the timing belt. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal Timing Belt: Service and Repair Timing Belt Removal Timing Belt Removal 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Turn the crankshaft so its white mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B). NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. 3. Check that the No. 1 piston top dead center (TDC) mark (A) on the front camshaft pulley and the pointer (B) on the front upper cover are aligned. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. 4. Raise the vehicle on the lift, then remove the right front wheel. 5. Remove the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 6. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories/Drive Belt Tensioner/Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 7. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan. 8. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (B). 9. Remove the crankshaft pulley. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Block Assembly/Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1368 10. Remove the front upper cover (A) and the rear upper cover (B). 11. Remove the lower cover. 12. Remove one of the battery clamp bolts from the battery tray, and grind the end of it as shown. 13. Thread the battery clamp bolt in as shown to hold the timing belt adjuster in its current position. Tighten it by hand, do not use a wrench. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1369 14. Remove the timing belt guide plate (A). 15. Remove the lower half of the side engine mount bracket. 16. Remove the idler pulley bolt (A) and the idler pulley (B), then remove the timing belt. Discard the idler pulley bolt. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1370 Timing Belt: Service and Repair Timing Belt Installation Timing Belt Installation NOTE: The following procedure is for installing a used timing belt. If you are installing a new belt, refer to the timing belt replacement procedure. See: Timing Belt Replacement 1. Clean the timing belt pulleys, the timing belt guide plate, and the upper and lower covers. 2. Set the timing belt drive pulley to top dead center (TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on the oil pump. 3. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the pointers (B) on the back covers. 4. Loosely install the idler pulley with a new idler pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not come off. 5. If the auto-tensioner has extended and the timing belt cannot be installed, do the timing belt replacement procedure. See: Timing Belt Replacement FRONT REAR Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1371 6. Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise sequence starting with the drive pulley. Take care not to damage the timing belt during installation. -1 Drive pulley (A) -2 Idler pulley (B) -3 Front camshaft pulley (C) -4 Water pump pulley (D) -5 Rear camshaft pulley (E) -6 Adjusting pulley (F) 7. Tighten the idler pulley bolt. 8. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1372 9. Install the lower half of the side engine mount bracket. 10. Install the timing belt guide plate as shown. 11. Install the lower cover. 12. Install the front upper cover (A) and the rear upper cover (B). 13. Install the crankshaft pulley. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Block Assembly/Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley/Service and Repair 14. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about six turns clockwise so the timing belt positions itself on the pulleys. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1373 15. Turn the crankshaft pulley so its white mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B). NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. 16. Check the camshaft pulley marks. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. - If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC, go to step 17. - If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC, remove the timing belt and repeat step 2 through 16. FRONT REAR Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1374 17. Install the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (A), then tighten the mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. 18. Install the ground cable (B). 19. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories/Drive Belt Tensioner/Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 20. Install the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 21. Install the right front wheel. 22. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 23. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1375 Timing Belt: Service and Repair Timing Belt Replacement Timing Belt Replacement NOTE: The following procedure is for installing a new timing belt. If you are installing a used belt, refer to the timing belt installation procedure. See: Timing Belt Installation 1. Remove the timing belt. See: Timing Belt Removal 2. Clean the timing belt pulleys, the timing belt guide plate, and the upper and lower covers. 3. Set the timing belt drive pulley to top dead center (TDC) by aligning the TDC mark (A) on the tooth of the timing belt drive pulley with the pointer (B) on the oil pump. 4. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the TDC marks (A) on the camshaft pulleys with the pointers (B) on the back covers. 5. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover. FRONT REAR 6. Remove the auto-tensioner. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1376 7. Align the holes on the rod and the housing of the auto-tensioner. 8. Use a hydraulic press to slowly compress the auto-tensioner. Insert a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) pin through the housing and the rod. NOTE: The compression pressure should not exceed 9,800 N (1,000 kgf, 2,200 lbf). 9. Install the auto-tensioner. NOTE: Make sure the pin stays in place. 10. Thread the battery clamp bolt in as shown to hold the timing belt adjuster. Tighten it by hand, do not use a wrench. 11. Loosely install the idler pulley with a new idler pulley bolt so the pulley can move but does not come off. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1377 12. Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise sequence starting with the drive pulley. -1 Drive pulley (A) -2 Idler pulley (B) -3 Front camshaft pulley (C) -4 Water pump pulley (D) -5 Rear camshaft pulley (E) -6 Adjusting pulley (F) 13. Tighten the idler pulley bolt. 14. Remove the pin from the auto-tensioner. 15. Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1378 16. Install the lower half of the side engine mount bracket. 17. Install the timing belt guide plate as shown. 18. Install the lower cover. 19. Install the front upper cover (A) and the rear upper cover (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1379 20. Install the crankshaft pulley. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Cylinder Block Assembly/Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley/Service and Repair 21. Rotate the crankshaft pulley about six turns clockwise so the timing belt positions itself on the pulleys. 22. Turn the crankshaft pulley so its white mark (A) lines up with the pointer (B). NOTE: The other pointer (C) is not used. 23. Check the camshaft pulley marks. NOTE: If the marks are not aligned, rotate the crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft pulley mark. - If the camshaft pulley marks are at TDC, go to step 24. - If the camshaft pulley marks are not at TDC, remove the timing belt and repeat step 3 through 23. FRONT REAR Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Timing Belt Removal > Page 1380 24. Install the upper half of the side engine mount bracket (A), then tighten the mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. 25. Install the ground cable (B). 26. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner. See: Engine, Cooling and Exhaust/Engine/Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories/Drive Belt Tensioner/Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 27. Install the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 28. Install the right front wheel. 29. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 30. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations Timing Component Alignment Marks: Locations Timing Marks Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations > Page 1384 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications Drive Belt: Specifications Drive belt Specifications Drive belt Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1388 Drive Belt: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Inspection 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged, replace it. See: Service and Repair 3. Check that the position of the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt. See: Service and Repair 4. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1389 Drive Belt: Service and Repair Drive Belt Replacement Special Tools Required - Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Move the auto-tensioner (A) using the belt tension release tool in the direction shown to relieve tension from the drive belt, then remove the drive belt. 3. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner housing. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. - If you did not replace the air cleaner element, this procedure is complete. - If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. See: - If you replace the air cleaner element, reset the PCM with the HDS, and do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1395 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner housing. 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. - If you did not replace the air cleaner element, this procedure is complete. - If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. See: - If you replace the air cleaner element, reset the PCM with the HDS, and do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Idle Learn Procedure Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Cabin Air Filter > Component Information > Service and Repair Cabin Air Filter: Service and Repair Dust and Pollen Filter Replacement 1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box separator (A) by carefully pulling it straight back. 2. Remove the dust and pollen filter assembly (A) from the blower unit. 3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter. 4. Install the filter in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leaking out of the blower unit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Evaporative Canister Filter > Component Information > Service and Repair Evaporative Canister Filter: Service and Repair EVAP Canister Filter Replacement With SH-AWD 1. Remove the rear differential. 2. Disconnect the hoses (A). 3. Remove the EVAP canister filter (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by disabling the fuel pump and disconnecting the fuel line/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment. With the HDS 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 7. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select Fuel Pump OFF, then start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: - Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm or the PCM will continue to operate the fuel pump. - Pending or Confirmed DTC may be set during this procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them as needed. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 9. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 10. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 11. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1406 12. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). 13. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 14. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 15. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Without the HDS Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1407 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore them. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 7. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 8. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. 9. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1408 10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 12. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair Engine Oil Filter Replacement Special Tools Required - Oil filter wrench 07AAA-PLCA100 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. 3. Inspect the threads (A) and the rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Clean the seat on the oil filter base, then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 4. Install the oil filter by hand. 5. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. 6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or v to v v v v ) are printed around the outside of the filter, you can use the following procedure to tighten the filter. Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the oil filter base, and note which number or mark is at the bottom. - Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted. For example, if mark v is at the bottom when the seal is lightly seated, tighten the filter until the mark v v v v comes around to the bottom. 7. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1412 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair Hose/Line HVAC: Service and Repair A/C Line Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications Brake Fluid Type Type ...................................................................................................................................................... Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 preferred.* *Can also use a DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary replacement. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Engine Coolant Capacity Change* ............................................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 166 gal (6.3L) Total ................................................................ ............................................................................................................................................... 2.19 gal (8.3L) * Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in the engine. Reserve Tank Capacity ....................................................................................................................... ........................................................ 0.182 gal (0.69L) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1425 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Coolant Type ..................................................................................................................................................... .......... Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. This coolant is pre-mixed with 50 percent antifreeze and 50 percent distilled water. Never add straight antifreeze or plain water. If Honda Antifreeze/Coolant is not available, you may use another major-brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Make sure is is a high-quality coolant. recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Honda antifreeze/Coolant as soon as possible. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1426 Coolant: Testing and Inspection Coolant Check 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and the MIN mark (B). 3. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add coolant to bring it between the MIN and MAX marks, then inspect the cooling system for leaks. 4. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1427 Coolant: Service and Repair Coolant Replacement 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap. 3. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control to maximum heat, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Make sure the engine and the radiator are cool to the touch. 4. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant. 5. Install a rubber hose (A) on the drain bolt (B) located at the rear of the engine block, then loosen the drain bolt. 6. When the coolant stops draining, tighten the drain bolt. Remove the rubber hose. 7. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. 8. Remove, drain, and reinstall the coolant reservoir. 9. Fill the coolant reservoir to the MAX mark (A) with Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9011A). 10. Pour Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck. NOTE: - Always use Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Using a non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1428 malfunction or fail. - Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Do not add water. 11. Loosely install the radiator cap. 12. Set the heater temperature control to maximum heat. 13. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 14. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed. 15. Put the radiator cap on securely, then run the engine again, and check for leaks. 16. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 17. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Body and Frame/Access Cover/Service and Repair 18. If the maintenance minder required engine coolant replacement, reset the maintenance minder, See: Service Reminder Indicators/Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator/Description and Operation and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not require engine coolant replacement, go to step 19. 19. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 20. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 21. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 22. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 23. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 24. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES with the HDS. 25. Select MAINTENANCE MINDER in the ADJUSTMENT with the HDS. 26. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 27. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1429 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity Change ................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................... 3.5 qt (3.3L) Total ..................................................................................................................................................... .............................................................. 7.9 qt (7.5L) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1434 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Type ..................................................................................................................................................... .......................................................... Acura ATF-Z1 Use only Acura ATF-Z1 (Automatic Transmission Fluid). Do not mix with other transmssion fluids. Using transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-Z1 may cause deterioration in transmission operation and durability, and could result in damage to the transmission. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Level Check ATF Level Check NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Park the vehicle on the level ground. 2. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up longer than the time it takes for the radiator fan to come on twice. NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60-90 seconds after turning the engine off. Higher fluid level may be indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice or more. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A) from the dipstick guide tube, and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick into the guide tube. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark (A) and the lower mark (B). 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid leaks at the transmission, and the hose and the line joints. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the transmission. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is below the lower mark, one or more of these symptoms may occur: - Transmission damage. - Vehicle does not move in any gear. - Vehicle accelerates poorly, and flares when starting off in D and R. - The engine vibrates at idle. 7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF to the proper level. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/ATF Replacement NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is above the upper mark, the vehicle may creep forward while in N, or have shifting problems. 8. If necessary, fill the transmission with the ATF through the dipstick guide tube opening (A) to bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Do not fill past the upper mark. Always use Acura ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Acura Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1437 ATF can affect shift quality. 9. Insert the dipstick back into the dipstick guide tube. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1438 Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Replacement ATF Replacement NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. 2. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block both rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 3. Remove the ATF filler bolt and drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). NOTE: If ATF cooler cleaning is necessary, refer to ATF Cooler Cleaning. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Procedures/ATF Cooler Cleaning 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid through the filler hole (A). Always use Acura ATF-Z1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF). Using a non-Acura ATF can affect shift quality. 6. Install the ATF filler bolt (B) and a new sealing washer (C). 7. Check the ATF level. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Procedures/ATF Level Check 8. If the maintenance minder required to replace the ATF, reset the maintenance minder, See: Service Reminder Indicators/Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator/Description and Operation and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not require you to replace the ATF, go to step 9. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1439 9. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 11. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 12. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGE MENU with the HDS. 13. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 14. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 3 RESET, and reset the ATF life with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil Capacity Change* Including Filter ...................................................................................................................... ................................................................. 4.5 US qt (4.3 liters) Without Filter .................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... 4.2 US qt (4.0 liters) Total .......................................................................................................................... ............................................................................. 5.3 US qt (5.0 liters) * Excluding the oil remaining in the engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1444 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil Type ..................................................................................................................................................... ......................... Premium-grade 5W-20 detergent oil Always use a premium-grade 5W-20 detergent oil displaying the API Certification Seal. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving, and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute's latest requirements. Acura Motor Oil is the preferred 5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It is highly recommended that you use Acura Motor Oil in your vehicle for optimum engine protection. Make sure the API Certification Seal says "For Gasoline Engines." Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1445 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Engine Oil Replacement 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B). 4. Refill with the recommended oil. See: Specifications 5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. 6. If the maintenance minder required engine oil replacement, reset the maintenance minder, See: Service Reminder Indicators/Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator/Description and Operation and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not require engine oil replacement, go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 10. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 11. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 12. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES with the HDS. 13. Select MAINTENANCE MINDER in the ADJUSTMENT with the HDS. 14. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 15. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS instead. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1446 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Specifications Refrigerant Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1451 Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications Refrigerant Specifications Refrigerant Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications Refrigerant oil Specifications Refrigerant oil Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1456 Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Refrigerant oil Specifications Refrigerant oil Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1457 Refrigerant Oil: Service and Repair A/C Refrigerant Oil Replacement Recommended PAG oil: DENSO ND-OIL 8 P/N 38897-PR7-A01AH: 120 mL (4 fl-oz) It is important to have the correct amount of refrigerant oil in the A/C system to ensure proper lubrication of the compressor. Too little oil damages the compressor; too much oil reduces the cooling capacity of the system, and can produce high vent temperatures. - To avoid contamination, do not return the oil to the container once dispensed, and never mix it with other refrigerant oils. - Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. - Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if it gets on the paint, wash it off immediately. Add the recommended refrigerant oil in the amount listed if you replace any of the following parts: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Brake System Bleeding NOTE: - Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Acura DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. - Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. - Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. - The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure, and checked after bleeding each wheel location. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level line (B). 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. 3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system. NOTE: Bleed the calipers in the sequence shown. 4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then loosen the bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. 6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until there are no air bubbles in the fluid. Front Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1461 Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair SRS Precautions and Procedures General Precautions NOTE: Some systems store data in memory that is lost when the battery is disconnected. Before disconnecting the battery, refer to Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Please read the following precautions carefully before servicing the airbag system. Observe the instructions described in this manual, or the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when doing electrical inspections, that require battery power always turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait at least 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not erased even if the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0), or the engine start/stop button is pressed to select the OFF mode, or if the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. Steering-Related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, or the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable/Service and Repair Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if the cable reel does not rotate smoothly, replace it. Airbag Handling and Storage Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1465 Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C). - Never do electrical tests on the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Air Bag/Service and Repair/Procedures - The side curtain airbag module assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1466 - Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the airbag assembly. - Cut, tear, or unwrap the tape strips. SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Rear Safing Sensor, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, and Front Passenger's Weight Sensors NOTE: Some systems store data in memory that is lost when the battery is disconnected. Before disconnecting the battery, refer to Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures - Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait at least 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, the front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or the rear safing sensor when the ignition switch is in ON (II), press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0), or the engine start/stop button is pressed to select the OFF mode. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, the front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or the rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where the front airbag, the side airbags, the side curtain airbags, or the seat belt tensioners deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection after Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, the front impact sensors, the rear safing sensor, and the side impact sensors. Also, do the front seat active head restraint inspection. Replace all damaged parts. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, the front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, the rear safing sensor, driver's seat position sensor or the front passenger's weight sensors. - Always install the SRS unit, driver's seat position sensor, and all impact sensors and the rear safing sensor with new TORX bolts torqued to 9.8 N-m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 lbf-ft). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1467 - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or any of the sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by a special yellow outer covering and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the following instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage to the SRS wiring, replace the harness. - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. - Do not use any silicone based cleaners or lubricants on any SRS connectors or terminals. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - Make sure the battery is fully charged when doing electrical test. If the battery is not fully charged, the results of the tests may not be accurate. - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector (except water proof connector). Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. Do not insert the probe forcibly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1468 - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause a diagnostic error due to poor metal-to-metal contact. SRS Unit Connectors When diagnosing or troubleshooting at an SRS unit connector (A), use the terminal test port below the terminal you need to check. Gently insert the pin probes of the tester or jumper wire at the terminal test port from the terminal side. NOTE: - Do not insert the pin probes of the tester or a jumper wire at the terminal port or the SRS short canceller terminal port. - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert the test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. Water Proof SRS Connectors When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at water proof connector (A), use the terminal test port above the terminal you need to check. Gently contact the pin probe of the tester or jumper wire at the terminal test port from the terminal side. NOTE: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1469 - Do not insert the pin probes of the tester or a jumper wire into the terminal port. - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert the test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals can cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. Lever-Locked Connector The SRS unit connectors have a lever lock. SRS Unit Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the lever (A) while pushing the lock (B) on the outside of the connector, then pull out the connector (C). Connecting To reconnect the connector, push in on the connector sleeve (D). As the connector is pressed in, the lever (A) moves to the locked position. Spring-Loaded Lock Connector Some SRS connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector, then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1470 Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (C). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Connecting Hold both connector halves and press them firmly together until the projection (C) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1471 Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required - SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damage to the connector cavity, insert short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing a short canceller, wash it with electrical contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use a short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnecting the SRS unit connector. - Some systems store data in memory that is lost when the battery is disconnected. Before disconnecting the battery, refer to Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures When SRS unit connectors A (39P) or B (39P) are disconnected, a short circuit is automatically created in the connector to prevent accidental deployment of an airbag or tensioner. The circuit may need to be opened when diagnosing the system. Insert a short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1472 Seats With Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - Clean the seats with a damp cloth. Do not soak the seats with liquid. Do not spray steam on the seats. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover if it is damaged. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and the seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seats (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait at least 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel, then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the glove box, See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Glove Compartment/Service and Repair/Glove Box Removal/Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1473 then disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the front passenger's airbag. Side Airbag 4. Disconnect the driver's and the front passenger's side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the SRS floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the C-pillar trim. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Trim Panel/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation C-Pillar Trim 6. Disconnect both SRS floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Belt Tensioner 7. Remove the B-pillar lower trim, See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Trim Panel/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - B-Pillar Upper/Lower Trim then disconnect both SRS floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1474 SRS Unit 8. Remove the center console See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Console/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Center Console Removal/Installation and heater joint ducts. See: Relays and Modules/Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems/Air Bag Control Module/Service and Repair/SRS Unit Replacement 9. Disconnect SRS unit connectors A and B from the SRS unit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Fuse: Locations Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1480 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1481 Fuse: Locations Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1482 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1483 Fuse: Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1484 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Page 1485 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Fuse: Application and ID Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1488 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1489 Fuse: Application and ID Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1490 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1491 Fuse: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box - Fuse-to-Components Index > Page 1492 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Fuse Block: Component Locations Component Location Index Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 1499 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Fuse Block: Component Locations Component Location Index Charging System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 1502 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1503 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Connector Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1506 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: With keyless access system *2: Without keyless access system Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1507 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1508 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: Without SH-AWD *2: With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1514 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1515 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1516 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1517 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1518 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1519 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1520 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1521 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1522 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1523 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1524 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1525 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1526 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1527 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1528 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1529 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1530 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1533 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1534 Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1535 Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1538 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1539 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1540 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1541 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1542 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1543 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1544 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1545 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1546 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1547 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1548 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1549 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1550 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1551 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1552 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Connector Views > Auxiliary Under-dash Fuse Holder Connector View (Without Keyless Access) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Connector Views > Auxiliary Under-dash Fuse Holder Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 1555 Fuse Block: Connector Views Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Connector Views > Auxiliary Under-dash Fuse Holder Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 1556 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Connector Views > Auxiliary Under-dash Fuse Holder Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 1557 Fuse Block: Connector Views Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Connector Views > Auxiliary Under-dash Fuse Holder Connector View (Without Keyless Access) > Page 1558 Fuse Block: Connector Views Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Fuse Block: Service and Repair Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove these items: - Driver's dashboard trim See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Trim Removal/Installation - Driver's switch panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Dashboard Driver's Switch Panel Removal/Installation - Driver's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Driver's kick panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Loosen the bolt (A), then remove the bolt (B) and the bracket (C) from dashboard/steering hanger beam. 4. USA models with keyless access system and Canada models without keyless access system: Remove the screws and cover (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt, release the tab (B), and pull the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box away from the body. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1561 Installation NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the driver's MICU which is part of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. Further more, vehicles with the keyless access do the imoes certification by communicating with the remote slot control unit. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure steps 1 to 4. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS: - With keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Keyless Entry/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning - Without keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning 5. Do the remaining steps of battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1562 Fuse Block: Service and Repair Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the passenger's kick panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Disconnect the connectors from the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 4. Loosen the mounting bolt from the lower side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt from the upper side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and remove the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1563 Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: The under-hood fuse/relay box is a part of the left engine compartment wire harness, and it cannot be replaced by itself. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Open the cover (A), then remove the screws (B) for the alternator and battery cable terminals. 3. Remove the nut (C) and release the tab (D), then remove the bottom cover (E) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Disconnect the connectors (F) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the relay circuit board (G) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller. See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Relay Box: Component Locations Component Location Index Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 1570 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1571 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index Relay Box: Component Locations Component Location Index Charging System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Component Location Index > Page 1574 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1577 Relay Box: Connector Locations Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: With keyless access system *2: Without keyless access system Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1578 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Connector Locations > Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1579 Relay Box: Connector Locations Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector Locations Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box *1: Without SH-AWD *2: With SH-AWD Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Relay Box: Diagrams Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 1582 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 1583 Relay Box: Diagrams Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Diagrams > Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector View > Page 1584 Relay Box: Diagrams Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Relay Box: Application and ID Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index > Page 1587 Relay Box: Application and ID Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index > Page 1588 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box - Connector-to-Fuse/Relay Box Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Relay Box: Service and Repair Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Driver's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove these items: - Driver's dashboard trim See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Trim Removal/Installation - Driver's switch panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Dashboard Driver's Switch Panel Removal/Installation - Driver's dashboard undercover See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation - Driver's kick panel See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Loosen the bolt (A), then remove the bolt (B) and the bracket (C) from dashboard/steering hanger beam. 4. USA models with keyless access system and Canada models without keyless access system: Remove the screws and cover (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt, release the tab (B), and pull the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box away from the body. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1591 Installation NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the driver's MICU which is part of the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. Further more, vehicles with the keyless access do the imoes certification by communicating with the remote slot control unit. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure steps 1 to 4. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS: - With keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Keyless Entry/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning - Without keyless access system See: Accessories and Optional Equipment/Antitheft and Alarm Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning 5. Do the remaining steps of battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1592 Relay Box: Service and Repair Passenger's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation Passenger's Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation NOTE: SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Locations and precautions and procedures See: Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming/Service and Repair before doing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Remove the passenger's kick panel. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Scuff Plate/Service and Repair/Interior Trim Removal/Installation - Front Door Sill Area 3. Disconnect the connectors from the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 4. Loosen the mounting bolt from the lower side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the mounting bolt from the upper side of passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, and remove the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the passenger's under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Driver's Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (MICU) Removal/Installation > Page 1593 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Relay puller 07AAC-000A1A0 NOTE: The under-hood fuse/relay box is a part of the left engine compartment wire harness, and it cannot be replaced by itself. Removal 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 2. Open the cover (A), then remove the screws (B) for the alternator and battery cable terminals. 3. Remove the nut (C) and release the tab (D), then remove the bottom cover (E) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Disconnect the connectors (F) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the relay circuit board (G) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Carefully remove the relays using the relay puller. See: Power and Ground Distribution/Testing and Inspection NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 4. Confirm that all systems work properly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor ID's will be memorized automatically. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation Reading the Maintenance Minder Maintenance Minder Your vehicle displays engine oil life and maintenance service items on the multi-information display to show you when you should perform engine oil replacement and indicated maintenance service. Based on the engine operating conditions and accumulated engine revolutions, the onboard computer in your vehicle calculates the remaining engine oil life and displays it as a percentage. Engine Oil Life Indicator To see the current engine oil life displayed on the multi-information display, turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position, and press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly until the engine oil life is displayed. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). The remaining engine oil life is shown on the multi-information display according to the table above. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1602 When the remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent, the multi-information display shows a "SERVICE DUE SOON" message along with the maintenance item code(s) indicating the main and sub items required at the time of the oil change. Refer to Maintenance / Service Intervals / Indicator Based Maintenance Service / Indicator Based Service for a complete list of the maintenance main items and sub items. See: Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service Pressing either INFO button (up and down arrow icons) switches the display from the message to another display. Once you switch the display, this message will go off. Along with the message, the system message indicator comes on as illustrated above. The message appears on the multi-information display each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/ stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). This message reminds you that your vehicle will soon be due for scheduled maintenance. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1603 Press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly to select the engine oil life information. Along with the "OIL LIFE" message you will see the percentage of the remaining engine oil life and the maintenance item codes on the multi-information display. When the remaining oil life is 5 to 1 percent the multi-information display shows a "SERVICE DUE NOW" message with the same maintenance items Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1604 "SERVICE DUE" was displayed with, When you see this message, have the indicated maintenance performed as soon as possible. Pressing either INFO button (up and down arrow icons) switches the display from the message to another display. Once you switch the display, this message will go off. Press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly to select the engine oil life. The message "SERVICE", along with "5%" and the maintenance item code are displayed on the multi-information display when the calculated engine oil life is 1 to 5 percent (see table). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1605 If the indicated maintenance service is not done and the remaining engine oil life reaches 0%, the multi-information display will show the message "SERVICE PAST DUE" and the maintenance item code(s). This message is displayed when the total mileage is less than 10 miles (for U.S, models) or 10 km (for Canadian models) after the engine oil life became 0%. These messages will come on every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). Immediately have the service performed, and make sure to reset the display. Refer to Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators / Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator / Service and Repair: See: Service and Repair Pressing either INFO button (up and down arrow icons) switches the display from the message to another display. To see the message again, press either INFO button repeatedly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1606 Press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly to select the engine oil life. The message SERVICE, along with "0%" and the maintenance item code are displayed on the multi-information display when the calculated engine oil life is 0 to 1 percent. If the indicated required service is not done and the remaining engine oil life becomes 0% the multi-information display will show a "SERVICE PAST DUE" message the total mileage after the remaining oil life became "0%" and the maintenance item code(s). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1607 This message is displayed when you drive over 10 miles (for U.S. models) or 10 km (for Canadian models) after seeing the 0% message. Immediately have the service performed, and make sure to reset the display. Pressing either INFO button (up and down arrow icons) switches the display from the message to another display. To see the message again, press either INFO button repeatedly. When you press the SEL/RESET button to select the engine oil life, the message, along with the maintenance item code(s) and the total negative mileage after the oil life became 0%, will he displayed on the multi-information display. Maintenance Main Items and Sub Items Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1608 All maintenance items shown on the multi-information display are in code. For all explanation of these maintenance codes refer to Maintenance / Service Intervals / Indicator Based Maintenance Service / Indicator Based Service for a complete list of the maintenance main items and sub items. See: Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1609 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation Maintenance Minder General Information Maintenance Minder General Information Maintenance Display The maintenance minder is an important feature of the multi-information display. Based on engine and transmission operating conditions, operating conditions and accumulated engine revolutions, the TL's on-board computer (PCM) calculates the remaining engine oil and the transmission fluid life. The system also displays the remaining engine oil life along with the code(s) for other scheduled maintenance items needing service. Meter: Steering Wheel: Service Information 1. The remaining engine oil life (A) is shown as a percentage in the multi-information display. To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode then push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life displays. 2. When the ignition switch is ON (II) or the vehicle ignition in the ON mode and the remaining engine oil life is 15 % to 6 %, the remaining engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1610 oil life and other scheduled maintenance item(s) needing service are displayed. The maintenance system message "SERVICE DUE SOON" (A) also comes on. To cancel the message, press the INFO button. The display continues to show the remaining engine oil life (B) and the message indicator (C) until it is reset. - Complete list of maintenance main items (D). See: - Complete list of maintenance sub items (E). See: 3. When the ignition switch is ON (II) or the vehicle ignition in the ON mode and the remaining engine oil life is 5 % to 1 %, the maintenance system message "SERVICE DUE NOW" is displayed along with the same maintenance item code(s). If the maintenance system message display is canceled, a "SERVICE" message appears. 4. When the ignition switch is ON (II) or the vehicle ignition in the ON mode and the remaining engine oil life is 0 %, the maintenance system message "SERVICE PAST DUE" is displayed along with the same maintenance item code(s). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1611 5. If the indicated maintenance is not done, the "SERVICE PAST DUE" message shows a negative mileage, for example "10," on the display. If the negative mileage is between 0 and 9, the message is displayed for only a few seconds when the ignition switch is turned to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. The negative mileage (A) remains displayed after the vehicle is driven more than 10 miles (for USA models) or 10 km (for Canada models) after 0 % oil life is reached, and the display cannot be canceled. This means the indicated maintenance item(s) should have been done more than 10 miles (or 10 km) ago. Resetting the Maintenance Information Display NOTE: - The vehicle must be stopped to reset the display. - If a required service is done and the display is not reset, or if the maintenance display is reset without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance timing. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will be no accurate record of when the required maintenance is needed. - The engine oil life and maintenance item(s) can be independently reset with the HDS. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 2. If system message(s) are displayed, press the INFO button to cancel the display. 3. Push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator is displayed. 4. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for about 10 seconds, the "OIL LIFE RESET" mode display appears. NOTE: - If you are resetting the display when the engine oil life is more than 15 %, make sure any maintenance item(s) requiring service are done before resetting the display. - To cancel the "OIL LIFE RESET" mode, press the INFO button repeatedly until the "CANCEL" indicator is displayed, then press the SEL/RESET button. 5. Press the INFO button to select "RESET," then press the SEL/RESET button. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100". Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Reading the Maintenance Minder > Page 1612 Resetting Individual Maintenance Items 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 5. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 6. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 7. Select the individual maintenance item you wish to reset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1613 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair Resetting the Engine Oil Life Display Your dealer will reset the display after completing the required maintenance service. You will see "OIL LIFE 100%" on the display the next time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). After maintenance service is done, reset the maintenance minder as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). 2. If the engine oil life is not displayed press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly. 3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 10 seconds. The remaining engine oil life reset mode will be shown on the multi-information display. 4. Select "RESET" by pressing the INFO (up and down arrow icons) button, then press the SEL/RESET button to reset the engine oil life display. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100". If you want to cancel the oil life reset mode, select "CANCEL". Important Maintenance Precautions If you have the required service done but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance interval. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because you will no longer have an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. For more comprehensive information on reading, interpreting and resetting the MAINTENANCE SERVICE MINDERS viewed on the instrument display, See: Service Intervals Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Testing and Inspection/Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes Does the MIL indicator flash? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Substitute a known-good gauge control module, and recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good gauge control module, replace the original gauge control module. See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Instrument Cluster / Carrier/Service and Repair 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is a short indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update or substitute a known-good PCM, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and Repair/PCM Replacement 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 6. Disconnect PCM connector A (49P), then disconnect the HDS. 7. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A32 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A32) and the DLC. NO - Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Programming and Relearning/PCM Update or substitute a known-good PCM, See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Engine Control Module/Service and Repair/PCM Replacement Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Oil Change Reminder Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Change Reminder Lamp: Service and Repair Resetting the Engine Oil Life Display Your dealer will reset the display after completing the required maintenance service. You will see "OIL LIFE 100%" on the display the next time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). After maintenance service is done, reset the maintenance minder as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Models equipped with the keyless access system have an engine start/stop button instead of an ignition switch. ON Mode is the equivalent of ON (II). 2. If the engine oil life is not displayed press the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel repeatedly. 3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button on the steering wheel for more than 10 seconds. The remaining engine oil life reset mode will be shown on the multi-information display. 4. Select "RESET" by pressing the INFO (up and down arrow icons) button, then press the SEL/RESET button to reset the engine oil life display. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100". If you want to cancel the oil life reset mode, select "CANCEL". Important Maintenance Precautions If you have the required service done but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance interval. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because you will no longer have an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. For more comprehensive information on reading, interpreting and resetting the MAINTENANCE SERVICE MINDERS viewed on the instrument display, See: Service Intervals Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service and Repair Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair Lift and Support Points NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall safety stands. When substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift. Vehicle Lift 1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle's front support points (B) and rear support points (C). 2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle gently to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle support points for solid contact with the lift blocks. Safety Stands To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same support points as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety stands when working on or under any vehicle that is supported only by a jack. Floor Jack 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift lever in P. 2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted. 3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it. 4. Position the safety stands under the support points, and adjust them so the vehicle is level. 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Tire Pressure Module: Locations Component Location Index TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1629 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1630 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1631 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the initiators and the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). NOTE: The TPMS control unit is located on the brake pedal support member (B). 4. Remove the flange bolt (C) from the brake pedal support member. 5. Remove the TPMS control unit (D) with the bracket (E). 6. Remove the TPMS control unit (A) from the bracket (B). NOTE: To disconnect the TPMS control unit from its bracket, insert a small flat-tipped screwdriver (C) between the TPMS control unit and the bracket shown in (D) to release the hook, then slide out the TPMS unit. 7. Install the new TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires/Tire Pressure Sensor/Testing and Inspection Do not memorize the IDs automatically. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1636 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1637 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1638 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1639 Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Service and Repair TPMS Initiator Replacement NOTE: Make sure the initiator mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the TPMS control unit and the tire pressure sensor. Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the front wheel. 4. Remove the front inner fender. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Front Fender/Front Fender Liner/Service and Repair/Front Inner Fender Replacement 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the bracket. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the rear wheel. 4. Remove the rear inner fender cover. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Rear Fender/Rear Fender Liner/Service and Repair 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the inner side of the wheelwell. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1640 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Sensor: Locations TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1645 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing a Tire Pressure Sensor ID When a tire pressure sensor is replaced, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. NOTE: To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. NOTE: - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. Memorize the ID with the HDS The HDS can memorize the ID of a new tire pressure sensor or a previously memorized ID. 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Memorize the ID of the tire pressure sensor by following the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: - See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1646 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal NOTICE Each TPMS sensor contains a lithium anode battery that is not removable. The complete TPMS sensor should be disposed of according to local battery disposal guidelines or requirements. An improperly disposed battery can be harmful to the environment. 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core to deflate the tire. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). Note these items to avoid damaging the tire pressure sensor: - Do the outside of the wheel first. - Position the wheel as shown so the valve stem (B) is 90 degrees from the bead breaker (C) as shown. - Do not position the bead breaker of the tire changer too close to the rim. 5. Position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C), and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and the washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with the valve stem (C) from the wheel. NOTE: Check the nut and the washer, if they have deterioration or damage, replace them with new ones during reassembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1647 7. Remove and replace the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: - The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. - Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel, or when replacing the tire. Installation NOTE: - Use only wheels that have a "TPMS" mark (A) on them. - The vehicle may be equipped with one of the three types of wheels. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1648 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. NOTE: Install the tire pressure sensor so that the sensor housing surface (E) should not exceed the protrusion (F) of the wheel to prevent the sensor housing from being caught on the bead of the tire when assembling the tire. Be sure to always mount the tire pressure sensor with the feet (G) in the downward position toward the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: - Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. - Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1649 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, with a paste-type tire mounting lubricant, and position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, See: Alignment/Service and Repair then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specification. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Testing and Inspection Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor ID's will be memorized automatically. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Tire Pressure Module: Locations Component Location Index TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1658 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1659 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 1660 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the initiators and the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). NOTE: The TPMS control unit is located on the brake pedal support member (B). 4. Remove the flange bolt (C) from the brake pedal support member. 5. Remove the TPMS control unit (D) with the bracket (E). 6. Remove the TPMS control unit (A) from the bracket (B). NOTE: To disconnect the TPMS control unit from its bracket, insert a small flat-tipped screwdriver (C) between the TPMS control unit and the bracket shown in (D) to release the hook, then slide out the TPMS unit. 7. Install the new TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Tire Pressure Sensor/Testing and Inspection Do not memorize the IDs automatically. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1665 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1666 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Left Front TPMS Initiator Connector View > Page 1667 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1668 Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Service and Repair TPMS Initiator Replacement NOTE: Make sure the initiator mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the TPMS control unit and the tire pressure sensor. Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the front wheel. 4. Remove the front inner fender. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Front Fender/Front Fender Liner/Service and Repair/Front Inner Fender Replacement 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the bracket. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 3. Remove the rear wheel. 4. Remove the rear inner fender cover. See: Body and Frame/Fender/Rear Fender/Rear Fender Liner/Service and Repair 5. Disconnect the initiator connector (A). 6. Remove the initiator (B) from the inner side of the wheelwell. 7. Install the new initiator in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1669 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Tire Pressure Sensor: Locations TPMS Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1673 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing a Tire Pressure Sensor ID When a tire pressure sensor is replaced, the sensor ID must be memorized by the TPMS control unit. NOTE: To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. NOTE: - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. Memorize the ID with the HDS The HDS can memorize the ID of a new tire pressure sensor or a previously memorized ID. 1. With the ignition switch in LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode, connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Memorize the ID of the tire pressure sensor by following the screen prompts on the HDS. NOTE: - See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions. - When replacing the TPMS control unit, use the HDS to memorize IDs. - After the IDs are memorized, reduce the pressure in all four tires to less than the appropriate specification, and check to see that the four tire indicators come on. 5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1674 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal NOTICE Each TPMS sensor contains a lithium anode battery that is not removable. The complete TPMS sensor should be disposed of according to local battery disposal guidelines or requirements. An improperly disposed battery can be harmful to the environment. 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core to deflate the tire. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). Note these items to avoid damaging the tire pressure sensor: - Do the outside of the wheel first. - Position the wheel as shown so the valve stem (B) is 90 degrees from the bead breaker (C) as shown. - Do not position the bead breaker of the tire changer too close to the rim. 5. Position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C), and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and the washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with the valve stem (C) from the wheel. NOTE: Check the nut and the washer, if they have deterioration or damage, replace them with new ones during reassembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1675 7. Remove and replace the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: - The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. - Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel, or when replacing the tire. Installation NOTE: - Use only wheels that have a "TPMS" mark (A) on them. - The vehicle may be equipped with one of the three types of wheels. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1676 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. NOTE: Install the tire pressure sensor so that the sensor housing surface (E) should not exceed the protrusion (F) of the wheel to prevent the sensor housing from being caught on the bead of the tire when assembling the tire. Be sure to always mount the tire pressure sensor with the feet (G) in the downward position toward the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: - Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. - Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 1677 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, with a paste-type tire mounting lubricant, and position the wheel so that the tire machine (A) and the tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, See: Alignment/Service and Repair then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specification. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the tire pressure sensor IDs. See: Testing and Inspection Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 Tires: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1683 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1684 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1685 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1686 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1687 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1688 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1689 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1690 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1691 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 Tires: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-034 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-034, Vehicle Pulling or putting, dated October 16, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-007, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at TQI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or the left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a client may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-001~00 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1694 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-A01 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble To create the 15-digit DTC, see Code: the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1695 During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (left or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel. Record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. Example: Your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1. The difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1696 NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Steering Wheel Offset Gauge The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1697 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1698 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue the diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnostic worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1699 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1700 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels, and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1701 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from questions 13 and 14 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tires > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Tires: > 06-034 > Page 1702 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 3600 turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm, with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE D Repair is complete. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications Wheels: Specifications Wheel Specifications Wheel Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1706 Wheels: Testing and Inspection Wheel Runout Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. 3. Set up the dial gauge as shown, and measure the axial runout by turning the wheel. 4. Reset the dial gauge to the position shown, and measure the radial runout. 5. If the wheel runout is not within the specification, check the wheel bearing end play, See: Wheel Bearing/Testing and Inspection and make sure the mating surfaces on the brake disc or the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel are clean. 6. If the bearing end play is within the specification but the wheel runout is more than the service limit, replace the wheel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Whining Noise Information Wheel Bearing: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Whining Noise Information Whiny A/T? Consider This Before Ordering a Reman Got a vehicle in your shop for a whiny A/T? Before you go off and order a reman unit, you need to consider a few things first. Our reman center has found that 30 to 40 percent of the failed A/Ts returned for noise problems turned out being NTF after inspection. To avoid unnecessary A/T replacement, here are some general front-wheel-drive facts you need to think about as you troubleshoot: ^ Front-wheel-drive vehicles have a transaxle instead of a conventional A/T with a rear differential. The transaxle combines A/T and differential gears, shafts, and bearings into a compact package that's mounted right next to the passenger compartment. Because the transaxle is so close to the passenger compartment, the noise from the transaxle is more evident than the noise from a conventional A/T with a rear differential. ^ Front-wheel-drive vehicles can transmit wheel bearing, tire, and transaxle noises into the passenger compartment more readily than vehicles with rear wheel drive. Test-drive both your client's vehicle and an identical known good vehicle for comparison. Some noises can take up to 20 miles of highway-speed driving to duplicate, so hang in there and be patient. If the noise level is the same in both vehicles, don't bother ordering a reman unit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1711 Wheel Bearing: Specifications Wheel bearing Specifications Wheel bearing Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1712 Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheels. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque value to hold the brake disc or the brake disc/drum securely against the hub. 4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against the hub flange. 5. Measure the bearing end play while moving the brake disc or the brake disc/drum inward and outward. Wheel bearing end play: 6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit. Front Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Exploded View Special Tools Required - Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 07AAE-SJAA100 - Ball joint thread protector, 12 mm 07AAF-SDAA100 - Ball joint thread protector, 10 mm 07AAF-SECA120 - Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 - Hub disassembly tool 07GAF-SD40100 - Attachment, 72 x 75 mm 07746-0010600 - Driver handle 07749-0010000 - Attachment, 80 x 96 mm 07ZAD-PNA0100 - Support base 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheel nuts and the front wheel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1715 3. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting bolt (A). 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or the brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor harness bracket (A) and the wheel speed sensor (B) from the knuckle. Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). 7. Remove the front brake disc. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Disc Brake System/Brake Rotor/Disc/Service and Repair/Front Brake Disc Replacement 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1716 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). NOTE: During installation, install the new cotter pin after tightening the nut, and bend its end as shown. 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Ball Joint/Service and Repair/Ball Joint Removal 11. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the knuckle ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). NOTE: - Use the new castle nut during reassembly. - During installation, insert the new cotter pin into the ball joint pin hole from the front to the rear of the vehicle, and bend its end as shown. Check the ball joint pin hole direction before connecting the ball joint. 12. Disconnect the knuckle ball joint from the lower arm using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Ball Joint/Service and Repair/Ball Joint Removal NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the remover. - Do not force or hammer on the lower arm, or pry between the lower arm and the knuckle. You could damage the ball joint. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1717 13. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the upper arm ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). NOTE: During installation, insert the new cotter pin into the ball joint pin hole from the front to the rear of the vehicle, and bend its end as shown. Check the ball joint pin hole direction before connecting the ball joint. 14. Disconnect the upper arm ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Ball Joint/Service and Repair/Ball Joint Removal 15. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (A) from the knuckle (B) by tapping the driveshaft end (C) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle/hub. NOTE: - Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. - During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and the driveshaft outboard joint. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints/Axle Shaft Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Front Driveshaft Installation 16. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - First install all of the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and the nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. Do not place the jack against the ball joint pin of the knuckle. - Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. - Before connecting the ball joint, degrease the threaded section and the tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section, and the mating surfaces of the castle nut. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. - Use a new spindle nut on reassembly. - Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. - Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1718 17. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. See: Alignment/Service and Repair Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to damage or deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. 3. Remove the snap ring (A) and the splash guard (B) from the knuckle (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1719 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver handle, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and the hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. NOTE: - Install the wheel bearing with the wheel speed sensor magnetic encoder (E) (brown color), toward the inside of the knuckle. - Remove any oil, grease, dust, metal debris, and other foreign material from the encoder surface. - Keep any magnetic tools away from the encoder surface. - Be careful not to damage the encoder surface when you insert the wheel bearing. 7. Check the front knuckle ring (A) for damage or deformation, and replace it if necessary. NOTE: When installing the new front knuckle ring, position the knuckle ring notch portion (B) toward the cut out (C) near the ball joint in the knuckle, and align the center of the knuckle ring ledge portion (D) with the center of the wheel speed sensor hole (E) on the knuckle as shown. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1720 8. Install the new snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 9. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 10. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver handle, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to damage the splash guard (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1721 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Rear Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Exploded View Special Tools Required - Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 07AAE-SJAA100 - Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 Hub Bearing Unit Replacement 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the wheel nuts, and the rear wheel. 3. Release the parking brake lever fully. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1722 4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A). 5. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or the brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 6. Remove the two washers (A). NOTE: During installation, make sure the washers are installed between the brake caliper bracket and the knuckle. 7. With SH-AWD: Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). 8. Remove the rear brake disc/drum. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Disc Brake System/Brake Rotor/Disc/Service and Repair/Rear Brake Disc Replacement 9. Without SH-AWD: Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1723 10. With SH-AWD: Remove the flange bolts (A), and remove the hub bearing unit (B) by tapping the driveshaft end (C) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub bearing unit outward. NOTE: Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. 11. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 12. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Without SH-AWD: Use a new O-ring on reassembly. - With SH-AWD: Use a new spindle nut on reassembly. - With SH-AWD: Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. - Before installing the brake disc/drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the brake disc/drum. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel. 13. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. See: Alignment/Service and Repair Knuckle Replacement NOTE: The illustrations show the model without SH-AWD; the model with SH-AWD is similar. 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the parking brake shoes, and disconnect the parking brake cable from the parking brake lever. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Parking Brake System/Parking Brake Shoe/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 3. Remove the parking brake cable mounting nuts (A) from the backing plate (B), and remove the parking brake cable (C). 4. Remove the backing plate with the parking brake shoe assembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1724 5. Remove the lock pin (A) from the upper arm ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). NOTE: During installation, install the lock pin as shown after tightening the new castle nut. 6. Disconnect the upper arm ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Ball Joint/Service and Repair/Ball Joint Removal NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the remover. - During installation, to connect the ball joint, raise up the suspension with a jack. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Control Arm/Service and Repair/Rear Upper Arm Replacement 7. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle. Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 8. Remove the brake hose bracket mounting nuts (A), then disconnect the brake hose bracket (B) from the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new mounting nuts during reassembly. 9. Remove the damper lower mounting bolt (C). NOTE: Use a new mounting bolt during reassembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1725 10. Remove the control arm mounting self-locking nut (A) and the washer (B). NOTE: Use a new self-locking nut during reassembly. 11. Remove the lower arm A mounting bolt (A), and the lower arm B mounting bolt (B), then remove the knuckle (C). NOTE: Use new mounting bolts during reassembly. 12. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - First install all of the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and the nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. - Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. - Before connecting the ball joint, degrease the threaded section and the tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section, and the mating surfaces of the castle nut. - Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces on the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel. 13. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. See: Alignment/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement > Page 1726 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications Front axle nut ....................................................................................................................................... ............................... 329 Nm (33.5 kgf-m, 242 ft lbs) Rear axle nut ....................................................................................................................................... ................................ 245 Nm (25.0 kgf-m, 181 ft lbs) Stake the spindle nuts shoulder against the driveshafts Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications Wheel Fastener: Specifications Wheel nuts ........................................................................................................................................... .................................. 127 Nm (13.0 kgf-m, 94 ft lbs) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1734 Wheel Fastener: Service and Repair Wheel Bolt Replacement Special Tools Required - Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 NOTICE - Do not use a hammer or impact tools (pneumatic or electric) to remove and install the wheel bolts. - Be careful not to damage the threads of the wheel bolts. Front 1. Remove the front hub. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Front Steering Knuckle/Service and Repair 2. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic press attachments (C) or equivalent tools. NOTE: Before installing the new wheel bolt, clean the mating surfaces on the bolt and the hub. 3. Insert the new wheel bolt into the hub while aligning the splined surfaces on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. NOTE: - Degrease all around the wheel bolt. - Make sure the wheel bolt is installed vertically in relation to the hub disc surface. 4. Install the wheel bolt using a hydraulic press until the wheel bolt shoulder is fully seated. 5. Install the front hub. See: Steering and Suspension/Steering/Front Steering Knuckle/Service and Repair NOTE: If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the front hub as an assembly. Rear 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. See: Vehicle Lifting/Service and Repair 2. Remove the rear brake disc/drum. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Disc Brake System/Brake Rotor/Disc/Service and Repair/Rear Brake Disc Replacement 3. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using the ball joint remover (C), and keep the jaw (D) of ball joint remover vertical against the wheel bolt. See: Steering and Suspension/Suspension/Ball Joint/Service and Repair/Ball Joint Removal NOTE: - If the angle of the remover against the wheel bolt is not square, readjust the ball joint remover by turning the head (E) of the adjusting bolt (F). - Before installing the new wheel bolt, clean the mating surfaces on the bolt and the hub. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1735 4. Insert the new wheel bolt (A) into the hub (B) while aligning the splined surfaces (C) on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. Adjust the measurement (D) with the washers (P/N 94101-14800 or equivalent) (E), then install a nut (P/N 90304-SHJ-A91 or equivalent) (F) hand-tight. NOTE: - Degrease the area around the wheel bolt and the threaded section of the nut. - Make sure the wheel bolt is installed vertically in relation to the hub disc surface. - Do not install the nut and washers that have been used as tools on a vehicle. 5. Tighten the nut until the wheel bolt is drawn fully into the hub. Do not exceed the maximum torque limit. Make sure there is no gap (G) between the bolt and the hub. 6. Install the rear brake disc/drum. See: Brakes and Traction Control/Disc Brake System/Brake Rotor/Disc/Service and Repair/Rear Brake Disc Replacement NOTE: - If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the rear hub bearing unit as an assembly. - Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc/drum and the inside of the wheel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair Towing Information: Service and Repair Towing If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous. Emergency Towing There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle. Flat-bed Tow Truck Equipment - The operator loads the vehicle on the back of a flat-bed tow truck. This is the best way of transporting the vehicle. To accommodate the flat-bed tow truck equipment, the vehicle is equipped with a detachable front towing hook (A), front tie down hook slots (B), a rear towing hook (C), and rear tie down hook slots (D). The towing hooks can be used with a winch to pull the vehicle onto the flat-bed tow truck, and the tie down hook slots can be used to secure the vehicle to the flat-bed tow truck. Front: Rear: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1739 Front Towing Hook Installation The detachable front towing hook is for towing very short distances, such as freeing the car. The hook attaches to the anchor in the front bumper. NOTICE - To avoid damage to the vehicle, use the towing hook for straight flat ground towing only. Do not tow on an angle. - Do not use the detachable tow hook as a tie down for the vehicle on the flat-bed tow truck. Use the tie down hook slots provided. 1. Remove the cover (A) from the front bumper. 2. Remove the detachable towing hook from the tool kit in the trunk. 3. Screw in the detachable towing hook (B), and tighten it securely by hand. SH-AWD models Wheel Lift Equipment - The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and lifts them off the ground. The other two wheels remain on the ground. Never tow the vehicle with wheel lift equipment. Sling-type Equipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle's suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this method of towing is attempted. This method of towing the vehicle is unacceptable. The only recommended way of towing the vehicle is on a flat-bed tow truck. NOTICE - Towing the vehicle with only two wheels on the ground will damage parts of the SH-AWD system. If the vehicle is damaged, it should be towed on a flat-bed tow truck or trailer. - Trying to lift or tow the vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1740 Except SH-AWD models Wheel Lift Equipment - The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lifts them off the ground. The rear wheels remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way of towing the vehicle. Sling-type Equipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle's suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this method of towing is attempted. This method of towing the vehicle is unacceptable. NOTICE - If the battery is discharged, the ACC mode cannot be selected by pushing the engine start/stop button. Charge or replace the battery to unlock the steering wheel before towing. - If the ACC mode cannot be selected because of in an electrical problem other than a discharged battery, the vehicle must be transported on a flat-bed tow truck. - Improper towing preparation will damage the transmission. Follow the above procedure exactly. - Trying to lift or tow the vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service and Repair Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair Lift and Support Points NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall safety stands. When substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift. Vehicle Lift 1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle's front support points (B) and rear support points (C). 2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle gently to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle support points for solid contact with the lift blocks. Safety Stands To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same support points as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety stands when working on or under any vehicle that is supported only by a jack. Floor Jack 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift lever in P. 2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted. 3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it. 4. Position the safety stands under the support points, and adjust them so the vehicle is level. 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Access Cover, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Access Cover: Service and Repair Engine Compartment Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the front grille or the body. 1. Detach the clips, and release the hooks (A), then remove the left engine compartment cover (B). 2. Detach the clips, and release the hooks (A), then remove the right engine compartment cover (B). 3. Detach the clips, and release the projection (A), then remove the front bulkhead cover (B). 4. Detach the clip, and release the hook (A), then remove the strut brace cover (B). 5. Install the covers in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Access Cover, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1749 - If the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and the hooks into place securely. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Engine Mount Control Solenoid: Locations Component Location Index Engine Mount Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 1755 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1756 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1764 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1765 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1766 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1767 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1768 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1769 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1770 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1771 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1772 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1773 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1774 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1775 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1776 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1777 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1778 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1779 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1780 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1783 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1784 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1785 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1788 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1789 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1790 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1791 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1792 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1793 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1794 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1795 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1796 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1797 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1798 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1799 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1800 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1801 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1802 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 1803 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Component Locations VTEC System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1808 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1809 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1810 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Service and Repair Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Replacement 1. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control solenoid connector (A). 2. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Compression Check: Specifications Compression Specifications Compression Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1814 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After the inspection, you must reset the powertrain control module (PCM). Otherwise, the PCM will continue to stop the fuel injectors from operating. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 3. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the PCM. If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 6. Select ALL INJECTORS STOP in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu with the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Remove the six ignition coils. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 9. Remove the six spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Step on the accelerator pedal to open the throttle fully, then crank the engine with the starter motor, and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 930 kPa (9.5 kgf/cm2, 135 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. - Incorrect valve clearance - Confirmation of cam timing - Damaged or worn cam lobes - Damaged or worn valves and seats - Damaged cylinder head gaskets - Damaged or worn piston rings - Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the six spark plugs. 16. Install the six ignition coils. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 17. Select PCM reset See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1815 Overview in the PGM-FI INSPECTION menu to cancel ALL INJECTORS STOP with the HDS. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications Camshaft sprocket Front Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1820 Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Service and Repair Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Front 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. -2 Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the solid dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Rocker Arm Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1821 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to top dead center (TDC) before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1822 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. -2 Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the hollow dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Rocker Arm Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1823 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft: Specifications Camshaft Specifications Camshaft Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1827 Camshaft: Testing and Inspection Camshaft Inspection 1. Remove the cylinder head. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 3. Front: Put the rocker shafts bridge and the rocker shaft holder on the front cylinder head, then tighten the bolts to the specified torque. 4. Rear: Put the rocker shaft bridge and the rocker shaft holder on the rear cylinder head, then tighten the bolts to the specified torque. 5. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head. 6. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft. Push the camshaft back and forth and read the end play. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust cover and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1828 7. Remove the camshaft thrust cover (A), then pull out the camshaft (B). 8. Wipe the camshaft clean, then inspect the lift ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn. 9. Measure the diameter of each camshaft journal. 10. Zero the gauge to the journal diameter. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1829 11. Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces in the cylinder head. Measure the inside diameter of each camshaft bearing surface, and check for an out-of-round condition. If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 13. - If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has been replaced, replace the cylinder head. - If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit and the camshaft has not been replaced, go to step 12. 12. Check total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks. - If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the cylinder head. - If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft and recheck the oil clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head. 13. Measure the cam lobe height. Cam Lobe Height Standard (New): FRONT Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1830 REAR Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement Camshaft: Service and Repair Camshaft Replacement Camshaft Replacement Front 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 3. Drain the engine coolant. See: Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair 4. Disconnect the radiator hoses. 5. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve. See: Powertrain Management/Emission Control Systems/Exhaust Gas Recirculation/EGR Valve/Service and Repair 6. Remove the EGR valve stud bolts (A). 7. Remove the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Removal 8. Remove the front rocker arm assembly. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 9. Remove the front camshaft pulley. 10. Remove the thrust cover (A), then remove the front camshaft (B). 11. Install the front camshaft in the reverse order of removal. Always use a new O-ring (C). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 12. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt, then install the front camshaft pulley. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation 13. Install the front rocker arm assembly, then tighten the mounting bolts. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1833 14. Install the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Installation 15. Adjust the valve clearance. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Clearance/Adjustments 16. Install the EGR valve stud bolts, then install the EGR valve. See: Powertrain Management/Emission Control Systems/Exhaust Gas Recirculation/EGR Valve/Service and Repair 17. Connect the radiator hoses. 18. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 19. Fill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. See: Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair 20. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 21. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Rear 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Relieve the fuel pressure. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Fuel Pressure Release/Service and Repair 3. Do the battery removal procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 4. Drain the engine coolant. See: Cooling System/Coolant/Testing and Inspection 5. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from the bracket. 6. Remove the air cleaner assembly. See: Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 7. Remove the quick-connect fitting cover, then disconnect the fuel feed hose. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal 8. Disconnect the heater hoses. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1834 9. Disconnect the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister hose (A), then remove the EVAP canister joint (B). 10. Remove the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Removal 11. Remove the rear rocker arm assembly. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 12. Remove the rear camshaft pulley. 13. Remove the thrust cover (A), then remove the rear camshaft (B). 14. Install the rear camshaft in the reverse order of removal. Always use a new O-ring (C). Apply new engine oil to the journals and cam lobes. 15. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt, then install the rear camshaft pulley. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation 16. Install the rear rocker arm assembly, then tighten the mounting bolts. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation 17. Install the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Installation 18. Adjust the valve clearance. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Clearance/Adjustments 19. Install the EVAP canister joint, then connect the EVAP canister hose. 20. Connect the heater hoses. 21. Connect the fuel feed hose, then install the quick-connect fitting cover. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation 22. Install the air cleaner assembly. See: Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks/Air Cleaner Housing/Service and Repair 23. Install the under-hood fuse/relay box to the bracket. 24. Do the battery installation procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement 25. Inspect for fuel leaks. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode (do not operate the starter) so the fuel pump runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel line. Repeat this operation three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line. 26. Fill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. See: Cooling System/Coolant/Service and Repair 27. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 28. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1835 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1836 Camshaft: Service and Repair Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Front 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the solid dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Rocker Arm Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1837 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to top dead center (TDC) before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1838 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the hollow dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Rocker Arm Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Replacement > Page 1839 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Specifications Rocker Arm Assembly: Specifications Rocker arm Specifications Rocker arm Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul 3. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 4. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter. 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 6. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is over the limit, replace the rocker shaft and all over-tolerance rocker arms. If any intake rocker arm needs replacement, replace all rocker arms in that set (primary and secondary). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1845 VTEC Rocker Arms 7. Inspect the rocker arm piston (A). Slide them into the rocker arms. If they do not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm set. NOTE: - Apply new engine oil to the rocker arm piston when reassembling. - When removing the rocker arm piston from the intake secondary rocker arm (B), carefully apply air pressure to the oil passage of the rocker arm. 8. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Install the rocker arm assembly. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1846 Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection VTEC Rocker Arm Test VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required - VTEC air stop tool B 07AAJ-R70A200 - VTEC air adapter 070AJ-001A101 - Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 - VTEC air stop tool A 07AAJ-R70A100 1. Start the engine and let it run for 5 minutes, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the six spark plugs. 3. Remove the cylinder head covers. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 4. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise, and visually check all the intake primary rocker arms (A) and the intake secondary rocker arms (B) moves independently. If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move together, remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. If any intake rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. - If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move independently, go to step 5. 5. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 981 kPa (10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi). 6. Inspect the valve clearance. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Clearance/Adjustments 7. Remove the sealing bolts, then install the VTEC air stop tool B (A) and the VTEC air adapter (B) to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator (C) as shown. FRONT 8. Remove the sealing bolts, then install the VTEC air stop tool A (A) and the VTEC air adapter (B) to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator (C) as shown. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1847 9. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the specified air pressure. Specified Air Pressure: 550-690 kPa (5.6-7.0 kgf/cm2, 80-100 psi) REAR 10. With the specified air pressure applied, rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise, and visually check all the intake primary rocker arms (A) and the intake secondary rocker arms (B) move together. If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move independently, remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. If any intake rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. - If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move together, go to step 11. 11. Remove the air pressure regulator, the VTEC air adapter, the VTEC air stop tool A, and the VTEC air stop tool B. 12. Tighten the sealing bolts to 22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 lbf-ft). 13. Install the cylinder head covers. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Installation 14. Install the six spark plugs. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Front 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 2. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws (A). 3. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts, the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts, and the rocker arm assembly. -1 Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence two turns at a time, to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. -2 When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. Rear 4. Remove the cylinder head cover. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 5. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws (A). 6. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts, the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts, and the rocker arm assembly. -1 Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence two turns at a time, to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. -2 When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 1851 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 1852 Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Front 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the solid dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 1853 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to top dead center (TDC) before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 1854 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the hollow dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 1855 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1856 Rocker Arm Assembly: Overhaul Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly Front NOTE: - Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. - Inspect the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection - If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms, the rocker shaft bridge, and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. - If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand, remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. - Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set, and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. - Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. - When replacing the rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new rocker arm assembly. - Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. The circlips are not available separately, and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. To remove the lost motion assemblies, first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. Rear NOTE: - Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. - Inspect the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1857 - If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms, the rocker shaft bridge, and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. - If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand, remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. - Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set, and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. - Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. - When replacing the rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new rocker arm assembly. - Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. The circlips are not available separately, and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. To remove the lost motion assemblies, first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Acronym Definitions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1865 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1866 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1867 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1868 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1869 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1870 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1871 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1872 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1873 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1874 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1875 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1876 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1877 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1878 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1879 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1880 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Symbol Definitions > Wire color abbreviations > Page 1881 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1884 shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1885 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > How to Read Schematics > Circuit Schematics > Page 1886 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems Tips and Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check applicable fuses in the appropriate fuse/relay box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. NOTICE Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, otherwise you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the battery ground cable loosely connected or you will severely damage the wiring. Handling Connectors - Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals. - Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease (except watertight connectors). - All connectors have push-down release type locks (A). - Some connectors have a clip on their side used to attach them to a mount bracket on the body or on another component. This clip has a pull type lock. - Some mounted connectors cannot be disconnected unless you first release the lock and remove the connector from its mount bracket (A). - Never try to disconnect connectors by pulling on their wires; pull on the connector halves instead. - Always reinstall plastic covers. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1889 - Before connecting connectors, make sure the terminals (A) are in place and not bent. - Check for loose retainers (A) and rubber seals (B). - The backs of some connectors are packed with dielectric grease. Add grease if necessary. If the grease is contaminated, replace it. - Insert the connector all the way and make sure it is securely locked. - Position wires so that the open end of the cover faces down. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1890 Handling Wires and Harnesses - Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations. - Remove clips carefully; don't damage their locks (A). - After installing harness clips, make sure the harness doesn't interfere with any moving parts. - Keep wire harnesses away from exhaust components and other hot parts, from sharp edges of brackets and holes, and from exposed screws and bolts. - Seat grommets in their grooves properly (A). Do not leave grommets distorted (B). Testing and Repairs - Do not use wires or harnesses with broken insulation. Replace them or repair them by wrapping the break with electrical tape. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring or terminals, replace the harness. - After installing parts, make sure that no wires are pinched under them. - When using electrical test equipment, follow the manufacturer's instructions and those described in this data. - If possible, insert the probe of the tester from the wire side (except waterproof connector). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1891 - Use back probe adaptor 07TAZ-001020A. - Refer to the instructions in the Honda Terminal Kit for identification and replacement of connector terminals. Five-step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint: Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to verify the client complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic: Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power feed through the circuit components to ground. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or a ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation, identify one or more possible causes of the problem. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit: Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem: Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works: Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on the fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Wire Color Codes The following abbreviations are used to identify wire colors in the circuit schematics: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1892 The wire insulation has one color or one color with another color stripe. The second color is the stripe. How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) NOTE: For specific operations, refer to the user's manual that came with the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS). Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle, if it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Enter the BODY ELECTRICAL then select the desired TEST MODE menu. 5. Check for DTCs with the HDS. NOTE: If the DTCs do not pertain to the selected menu, select the All DTC Check icon to view all Body DTCs. 6. If any DTCs are indicated, note them, and go to the indicated DTC troubleshooting. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1893 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1894 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids Terminal Replacement Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1895 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1896 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1897 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1898 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1899 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1900 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1901 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1902 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > How to Troubleshoot Electrical Systems > Page 1903 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagnostic Aids > Page 1904 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Tightening Torques and Sequences Connecting Rod Bearing: Specifications Tightening Torques and Sequences Connecting Rod Cap Measure the diameter of each bolt at point A and point B. If difference in diameter is out of tolerance (0-0.1 mm or 0.004 in.), replace the connecting rod bolt. Tightening torque ................................................................................................................................. .................................... 20 N-m (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft) Tighten further ................................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. 90 ° Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Tightening Torques and Sequences > Page 1910 Replacement Bearing Table Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1911 Connecting Rod Bearing: Service and Repair Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the connecting rod cap and the bearing half. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place a strip of plastigage across the rod journal. 4. Reinstall the bearing half and the cap, and tighten the bolts. NOTE: - Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. - Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the rod cap and the bearing half and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Connecting Rod Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, then install a new, complete bearing with the same color code, and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one), and check clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Each connecting rod falls into one of four tolerance ranges (from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments) depending on the size of its big end bore. It's then stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3, or 4/I, II, III, or IIII) indicating the range. You may find any combination of 1, 2, 3, or 4/I, II, III, or IIII in any engine. Normal Bore Size Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1912 Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Numbers or bars have been stamped on the side of each connecting rod as a code for the size of the big end. Use them, and the letters or bars stamped on the crank (codes for rod journal size), to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations (Letters or Bars) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Standards and Service Limits Connecting Rod: Specifications Standards and Service Limits Connecting rod Specifications Connecting rod Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Standards and Service Limits > Page 1917 Connecting Rod: Specifications Tightening Torques and Sequences Connecting Rod Cap Measure the diameter of each bolt at point A and point B. If difference in diameter is out of tolerance (0-0.1 mm or 0.004 in.), replace the connecting rod bolt. Tightening torque ................................................................................................................................. .................................... 20 N-m (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft) Tighten further ................................................... .............................................................................................................................................................. 90 ° Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Standards and Service Limits > Page 1918 Replacement Bearing Table Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1919 Connecting Rod: Testing and Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1. Remove the oil pump. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pump/Service and Repair 2. Remove the baffle plate. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge (A) between the connecting rod (B) and the crankshaft (C). Connecting Rod End Play 4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new connecting rod and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. Crankshaft End Play 6. If the end play is excessive, replace the thrust washers and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1920 Connecting Rod: Service and Repair Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Disassembly 1. Remove the pistons from the engine block. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A) and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves. 3. Remove the snap rings (A) from both sides of each piston. Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye protection. 4. Separately heat each piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158 °F (70 °C), then remove the piston pin. Inspection NOTE: Inspect the piston, the piston pin, and the connecting rod when they are at room temperature. 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Piston Pin Diameter Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1921 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the piston pin hole diameter on the piston. J35Z6 engine J37A4 engine 4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1922 Reassembly 1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A) only on one side. 2. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new engine oil. 3. Heat the piston to about 158 °F (70 °C). 4. Assemble the piston (A) and the connecting rod (B) with the embossed marks (C) on the same side. Install the piston pin (D). NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the piston pin. 5. Install the remaining snap ring. 6. Reassemble the other pistons the same way. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1923 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Coolant Drain Plug, Cylinder Block > Component Information > Service and Repair Coolant Drain Plug: Service and Repair Engine Block Sealing Bolt Installation NOTE: When installing the sealing bolt (A), always use a new washer (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Service and Repair Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket: Service and Repair Timing Belt Drive Pulley Replacement 1. Remove the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Removal 2. Remove the timing belt stopper (A), then remove the timing belt drive pulley (B) and the key (C). 3. Inspect the timing belt drive pulley and the key for damage. If it is cracked or damaged, replace the timing belt drive pulley. 4. Install the new timing belt drive pulley and the key, then install the timing belt stopper. 5. Install the timing belt. See: Timing Components/Timing Belt/Service and Repair/Timing Belt Installation 6. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Tightening Torques and Sequences Crankshaft Main Bearing: Specifications Tightening Torques and Sequences Crankshaft Bearing Cap Bearing cap bolts ................................................................................................................................. .................................... 74 N-m (7.5 kgf-m, 54 lbf-ft) Bearing cap side bolts ....................................... ........................................................................................................................ 49 N-m (50 kgf-m, 36 lbf-ft) Main Bearing Selection Crankshaft Bore Code Location Main Journal Code Location Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Tightening Torques and Sequences > Page 1934 Replacement Bearing Table Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1935 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Service and Repair Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the main bearing caps and the bearing halves. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal. NOTE: If the engine is still in the vehicle when you bolt the main cap down to check the clearance, the weight of the crankshaft and the drive plate will flatten the plastigage further than just the torque on the cap bolt and give you an incorrect reading. For an accurate reading, support the crank with a jack under the counterweights, and check only one bearing at a time. 4. Reinstall the bearings and the caps, then tighten the bearing cap bolts to 74 N-m (7.5 kgf-m, 54 lbf-ft), and the bearing cap side bolts to 49 N-m (50 kgf-m, 36 lbf-ft) in the proper sequence.. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Installation NOTE: - Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. - Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the cap and the bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. Main Bearing-to-Journal Oil Clearance 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the same color code, and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below that one), and check clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal Main Bearing Selection Crankshaft Bore Code Location Letters or bars have been stamped on the end of the engine block as a code for the size of each of the four main journal bores. Use them, and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft (codes for main journal size), to choose the correct bearings. If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1936 Main Journal Code Locations (Numbers or Bars) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Crankshaft: Specifications Crankshaft Specifications Crankshaft Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1. Remove the oil pump. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pump/Service and Repair 2. Remove the baffle plate. See: Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge (A) between the connecting rod (B) and the crankshaft (C). Connecting Rod End Play 4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new connecting rod and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. See: Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. Crankshaft End Play 6. If the end play is excessive, replace the thrust washers and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. See: Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection > Page 1942 Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection Crankshaft Inspection Crankshaft Inspection Out-of-Round and Taper 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block. See: Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Remove the CKP pulse plate from the crankshaft. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Crankshaft Position Sensor/Service and Repair/CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 3. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush. 4. Check the keyway slot and the threaded holes for damage. 5. Measure the out-of-round at the middle of each rod and the main journal in two places. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Out-of-Round 6. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Journal Taper Straightness 7. Place the V-blocks on a flat surface. 8. Check the total runout with the crankshaft supported on V-blocks. 9. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Rotate the crankshaft two complete revolutions. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Crankshaft Total Runout Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection > Page 1943 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft and Piston Removal 1. Remove the engine/transmission. See: Service and Repair/Engine Removal 2. Remove the transmission. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 3. Remove the drive plate. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Flex Plate/Service and Repair 4. Remove the cylinder heads: - J35Z6 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal - J37A4 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal 5. Remove the timing belt drive pulley from the crankshaft: - J35Z6 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair - J37A4 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair 6. Remove the oil pan. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pan/Service and Repair/Engine Oil Pan Removal 7. Remove the engine block end cover. 8. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid/oil filter assembly. 9. Remove the oil strainer (A), the baffle plate (B), and the oil pump (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1946 10. J35Z6 engine: If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of any cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the piston as it's pushed out. 11. Remove the connecting rod caps after setting the crank pin at bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder. Remove the piston/connecting rod assembly by pushing on the connecting rod. Take care not to damage the oil jets, the crank pin, or the cylinder with the connecting rod. 12. Remove the bearing from the cap. Keep all caps/bearings in order. 13. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside with their respective caps. 14. After removing a piston/connecting rod assembly, reinstall the cap on the rod. 15. To avoid confusion during reassembly, mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1947 16. Loosen the bearing cap bolts and the bearing cap side bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. 17. Remove the bearing cap bolts (A) and the bearing cap side bolts (B), then remove the bearing caps (C). 18. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine block, being careful not to damage the journals and the crank pulse plate. 19. Remove the CKP pulse plate from the crankshaft. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Crankshaft Position Sensor/Service and Repair/CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 20. Reinstall the main caps and the bearings on the engine block in the proper order. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1948 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1949 Crankshaft: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Installation Crankshaft and Piston Installation Special Tools Required - Driver handle, 15 x 135L 07749-0010000 - Oil seal driver attachment, 106 mm 070AD-RCA0200 1. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage. See: Connecting Rod Bearing/Service and Repair 2. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage. See: Crankshaft Main Bearing/Service and Repair 3. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and the connecting rods. 4. Apply new engine oil to the inside of the main bearings and the rod bearings. 5. Install the CKP pulse plate to the crankshaft. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Crankshaft Position Sensor/Service and Repair/CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 6. Lower the crankshaft (A) into the engine block, being careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. 7. Apply new engine oil to the side with the thrust washer groove. Install the thrust washers (A) in the No. 3 journal. 8. Install the bearings (A) and the bearing caps (B) with the arrow (C) facing the timing belt side of the engine block. 9. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges, then loosely install the bearing cap bolts (D) and the bearing cap side bolts (E). 10. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for the cylinder you are installing the piston in. 11. Apply new engine oil to the piston, the inside of the ring compressor, and the cylinder bore. 12. Attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly, and check that the bearing is securely in place. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1950 13. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly with the arrow (A) facing the timing belt side of the engine block. 14. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Maintain downward force on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. 15. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-rod journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. 16. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1951 17. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B. Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter Difference in Diameter 18. If the difference in diameter is out of tolerance, replace the connecting rod bolt. 19. Line up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and the cap, then install the bearing (B) and the cap (C). 20. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. Tighten the bolts (D) to 20 N-m (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft). 21. Mark the connecting rod (A) and the bolt head (B) as shown. 22. Tighten the bolt until the mark on the bolt head lines up with the mark on the connecting rod (turn the bolt 90 °). NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you tightened it beyond the specified angle, and go back to step 16 of the procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. Repeat step 10 to 22 for the remaining cylinders. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1952 23. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, and then the bearing cap side bolts to the specified torque in the sequence as shown. Repeat the torque sequence again to ensure the bolts are properly torqued. 24. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the engine block end cover mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. 25. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating surfaces. 26. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. 27. Using the driver handle and the oil seal driver attachment, drive in the new crankshaft oil seal until the oil seal driver attachment bottoms on the engine block end cover. 28. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the engine block Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1953 end cover and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 29. Install the dowel pins (A), a new O-ring (B), and the engine block end cover (C) on the engine block. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the engine block end cover. 30. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and check the seal for distortion. 31. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pump/Service and Repair 32. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pump mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. 33. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces. 34. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pump and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1954 35. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal, and apply new engine oil to the new O-ring (A). 36. Install the dowel pins (B), then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft, and install the oil pump (C). 37. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and check the seal for distortion. 38. Install the baffle plate (D), then install the oil strainer (E) with a new O-ring (F). NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the oil pump. 39. Install the rocker arm oil control solenoid/oil filter assembly (A), with a new rocker arm oil control solenoid filter (B). 40. Install the oil pan. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pan/Service and Repair/Engine Oil Pan Installation 41. Install the timing belt drive pulley to the crankshaft: - J35Z6 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair - J37A4 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair 42. Install the cylinder heads: - J35Z6 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation - J37A4 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation 43. Install drive plate. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Flex Plate/Service and Repair 44. Install the transmission. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 45. Install the engine/transmission. See: Service and Repair/Engine Installation NOTE: When any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, run the engine at idle until it reaches normal operating temperature, then Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1955 continue to run it for about 15 minutes. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Specifications Crankshaft Pulley Tightening torque ................................................................................................................................. .................................... 64 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 47 lbf-ft) Tighten additional .............................................. .............................................................................................................................................................. 60 ° Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1959 Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Service and Repair Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Special Tools Required - Holder handle 07JAB-001020B - Holder attachment, 50 mm, offset 07MAB-PY3010A - Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A, or a commercially available 19 mm socket Removal 1. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 2. Remove the right front wheel. 3. Remove the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 4. Remove the drive belt. See: Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories/Drive Belt/Service and Repair 5. Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and the holder attachment (B). 6. Remove the bolt with a heavy duty 19 mm socket (C) and a breaker bar, then remove the crankshaft pulley. Installation 1. Remove any oil and clean the pulleys (A), the crankshaft (B), the bolt (C), and the washer (D). Lubricate with new engine oil as shown. 2. Install the crankshaft pulley, and tighten the bolt. Do not use an impact wrench. -1 Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and the holder attachment (B). Tighten the bolt to 64 N-m (6.5 kgf-m, 47 lbf-ft) with a torque wrench and a 19 mm socket (C). -2 Mark the bolt head (D) and the crankshaft pulley (E) as shown, then tighten the bolt an additional 60 ° (The mark on the bolt head lines up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley). 3. Install the drive belt. See: Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories/Drive Belt/Service and Repair 4. Install the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 5. Install the right front wheel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1960 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston: Specifications Piston Specifications Piston Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1964 Piston: Testing and Inspection Block and Piston Inspection 1. Remove the pistons from the engine block. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Check the pistons for distortion or cracks. 3. Measure the piston skirt diameter at a point 16.0 mm (0.63 in.) from the bottom of the skirt. J35Z6 engine Oversize Piston Skirt Diameter J37A4 engine 4. Measure the wear and taper in direction X and Y at three levels in each cylinder as shown. 5. J35Z6 engine: If the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the oversize bore service limit, replace the engine block. If the engine block has to be rebored, refer to step 8 after reboring. J37A4 engine: If the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the service limit, replace the engine block. The J37A4 engine block can not be rebored. J35Z6 engine Oversize Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1965 Bore Taper J37A4 engine Bore Taper 6. J35Z6 engine: Hone any scored or scratched cylinder bores. See: Service and Repair/Procedures NOTE: The J37A4 engine can not be honed. If the cylinders are damaged, the engine block must be replaced. 7. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. Measure along the edges and across the center as shown. Engine Block Warpage Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1966 8. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter. If the clearance is near or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston and the cylinder bore for excessive wear. J35Z6 engine J37A4 engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal Piston: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft and Piston Removal 1. Remove the engine/transmission. See: Service and Repair/Engine Removal 2. Remove the transmission. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Removal 3. Remove the drive plate. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Flex Plate/Service and Repair 4. Remove the cylinder heads: - J35Z6 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal - J37A4 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal 5. Remove the timing belt drive pulley from the crankshaft: - J35Z6 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair - J37A4 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair 6. Remove the oil pan. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pan/Service and Repair/Engine Oil Pan Removal 7. Remove the engine block end cover. 8. Remove the rocker arm oil control solenoid/oil filter assembly. 9. Remove the oil strainer (A), the baffle plate (B), and the oil pump (C). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1969 10. J35Z6 engine: If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of any cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the piston as it's pushed out. 11. Remove the connecting rod caps after setting the crank pin at bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder. Remove the piston/connecting rod assembly by pushing on the connecting rod. Take care not to damage the oil jets, the crank pin, or the cylinder with the connecting rod. 12. Remove the bearing from the cap. Keep all caps/bearings in order. 13. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside with their respective caps. 14. After removing a piston/connecting rod assembly, reinstall the cap on the rod. 15. To avoid confusion during reassembly, mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1970 16. Loosen the bearing cap bolts and the bearing cap side bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. 17. Remove the bearing cap bolts (A) and the bearing cap side bolts (B), then remove the bearing caps (C). 18. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine block, being careful not to damage the journals and the crank pulse plate. 19. Remove the CKP pulse plate from the crankshaft. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Crankshaft Position Sensor/Service and Repair/CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 20. Reinstall the main caps and the bearings on the engine block in the proper order. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1971 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1972 Piston: Service and Repair Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Disassembly 1. Remove the pistons from the engine block. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A) and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). NOTE: Take care not to damage the ring grooves. 3. Remove the snap rings (A) from both sides of each piston. Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye protection. 4. Separately heat each piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158 °F (70 °C), then remove the piston pin. Inspection NOTE: Inspect the piston, the piston pin, and the connecting rod when they are at room temperature. 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. Piston Pin Diameter Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1973 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the piston pin hole diameter on the piston. J35Z6 engine J37A4 engine 4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance. Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1974 Reassembly 1. Install a piston pin snap ring (A) only on one side. 2. Coat the piston pin bore in the piston, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new engine oil. 3. Heat the piston to about 158 °F (70 °C). 4. Assemble the piston (A) and the connecting rod (B) with the embossed marks (C) on the same side. Install the piston pin (D). NOTE: Apply new engine oil to the piston pin. 5. Install the remaining snap ring. 6. Reassemble the other pistons the same way. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1975 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1976 Piston: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Installation Crankshaft and Piston Installation Special Tools Required - Driver handle, 15 x 135L 07749-0010000 - Oil seal driver attachment, 106 mm 070AD-RCA0200 1. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage. See: Connecting Rod Bearing/Service and Repair 2. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage. See: Crankshaft Main Bearing/Service and Repair 3. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and the connecting rods. 4. Apply new engine oil to the inside of the main bearings and the rod bearings. 5. Install the CKP pulse plate to the crankshaft. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Crankshaft Position Sensor/Service and Repair/CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 6. Lower the crankshaft (A) into the engine block, being careful not to damage the journals and the CKP pulse plate. 7. Apply new engine oil to the side with the thrust washer groove. Install the thrust washers (A) in the No. 3 journal. 8. Install the bearings (A) and the bearing caps (B) with the arrow (C) facing the timing belt side of the engine block. 9. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges, then loosely install the bearing cap bolts (D) and the bearing cap side bolts (E). 10. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for the cylinder you are installing the piston in. 11. Apply new engine oil to the piston, the inside of the ring compressor, and the cylinder bore. 12. Attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly, and check that the bearing is securely in place. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1977 13. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly with the arrow (A) facing the timing belt side of the engine block. 14. Position the piston/connecting rod assembly in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Maintain downward force on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. 15. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-rod journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. 16. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1978 17. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B. Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter Difference in Diameter 18. If the difference in diameter is out of tolerance, replace the connecting rod bolt. 19. Line up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and the cap, then install the bearing (B) and the cap (C). 20. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads and flanges. Tighten the bolts (D) to 20 N-m (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft). 21. Mark the connecting rod (A) and the bolt head (B) as shown. 22. Tighten the bolt until the mark on the bolt head lines up with the mark on the connecting rod (turn the bolt 90 °). NOTE: Remove the connecting rod bolt if you tightened it beyond the specified angle, and go back to step 16 of the procedure. Do not loosen it back to the specified angle. Repeat step 10 to 22 for the remaining cylinders. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1979 23. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, and then the bearing cap side bolts to the specified torque in the sequence as shown. Repeat the torque sequence again to ensure the bolts are properly torqued. 24. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the engine block end cover mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. 25. Clean and dry the engine block end cover mating surfaces. 26. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal. 27. Using the driver handle and the oil seal driver attachment, drive in the new crankshaft oil seal until the oil seal driver attachment bottoms on the engine block end cover. 28. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the engine block Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1980 end cover and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 29. Install the dowel pins (A), a new O-ring (B), and the engine block end cover (C) on the engine block. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the engine block end cover. 30. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and check the seal for distortion. 31. Install a new crankshaft oil seal in the oil pump. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pump/Service and Repair 32. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pump mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. 33. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces. 34. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pump and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1981 35. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the crankshaft oil seal, and apply new engine oil to the new O-ring (A). 36. Install the dowel pins (B), then align the inner rotor with the crankshaft, and install the oil pump (C). 37. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, and check the seal for distortion. 38. Install the baffle plate (D), then install the oil strainer (E) with a new O-ring (F). NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the oil pump. 39. Install the rocker arm oil control solenoid/oil filter assembly (A), with a new rocker arm oil control solenoid filter (B). 40. Install the oil pan. See: Engine Lubrication/Oil Pan/Service and Repair/Engine Oil Pan Installation 41. Install the timing belt drive pulley to the crankshaft: - J35Z6 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair - J37A4 engine See: Crankshaft Gear/Sprocket/Service and Repair 42. Install the cylinder heads: - J35Z6 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation - J37A4 engine See: Cylinder Head Assembly/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation 43. Install drive plate. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Flex Plate/Service and Repair 44. Install the transmission. See: Transmission and Drivetrain/Automatic Transmission/Transaxle/Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Automatic Transmission Installation 45. Install the engine/transmission. See: Service and Repair/Engine Installation NOTE: When any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, run the engine at idle until it reaches normal operating temperature, then Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1982 continue to run it for about 15 minutes. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Pin, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston Pin: Specifications Piston pin Specifications Piston pin Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston Ring: Specifications Piston ring Specifications Piston ring Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1989 Piston Ring: Service and Repair Piston Ring Replacement 1. Remove the pistons from the engine block. See: Crankshaft/Service and Repair/Crankshaft and Piston Removal 2. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B). 3. Clean all the ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring, or a ring groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves. File down the blade, if necessary. The top ring and second ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide, and the oil ring groove is 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) wide. Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper with the cleaning tool. NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new rings yet. 4. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15-20 mm (0.6-0.8 in.) from the bottom. 5. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge: - If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine. - If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits. See: Piston/Testing and Inspection 6. J35Z6 engine: If the bore is over the service limit, the engine block must be rebored. J35Z6 engine Second Ring: Oil Ring: J37A4 engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1990 Second Ring: Oil Ring: 7. Install the rings as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1D mark (J35Z6 engine) or 1E mark (J37A4 engine) and the second ring (B) has a 2X mark (J35Z6 engine) or 2E mark (J37A4 engine). The manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward. 8. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearance: J35Z6 engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1991 J37A4 engine 9. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind. 10. Position the ring end gaps as shown: Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Specifications Valve Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1996 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC), and monitor the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1. Adjust the valve clearance only when the ECT sensor 1 temperature is less than 100 °F (38 °C). 1. Remove the cylinder head covers. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 1 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 3. Select the correct feeler gauge for the valve clearance you are going to check. REAR FRONT Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1997 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on the No. 1 cylinder, and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. INTAKE EXHAUST 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. While holding the adjusting screw with the screw driver, tighten the locknut, then recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1998 INTAKE EXHAUST 7. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 4 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 8. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 4 cylinder. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 2 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 10. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 2 cylinder. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1999 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 5 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 12. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 5 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 3 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 14. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 3 cylinder. 15. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the pointer (A) on the front upper cover with the No. 6 piston TDC mark (B) on the front camshaft pulley. 16. Check and, if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on the No. 6 cylinder. 17. Install the cylinder head covers. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2000 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve pressure from the system by disabling the fuel pump and disconnecting the fuel line/quick connect fitting in the engine compartment. With the HDS 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 7. From the INSPECTION MENU of the HDS, select Fuel Pump OFF, then start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: - Do not allow the engine to idle above 1,000 rpm or the PCM will continue to operate the fuel pump. - Pending or Confirmed DTC may be set during this procedure. Check for DTCs, and clear them as needed. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 9. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 10. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 11. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2004 12. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). 13. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 14. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 15. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Without the HDS Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2005 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. See: Body and Frame/Interior Moulding / Trim/Dashboard / Instrument Panel/Service and Repair/Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal/Installation 2. Remove PGM-FI main relay 2 (A) from the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box. 3. Start the engine, and let it idle until it stalls. NOTE: If any DTCs are stored, clear and ignore them. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 5. Remove the fuel fill cap to relieve the pressure in the fuel tank. 6. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures 7. Remove the cover (A) and the quick-connect fitting cover (B); without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 8. Check the quick-connect fitting for dirt, and clean it if needed. 9. Place a rag or a shop towel over the quick-connect fitting (A). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2006 10. Disconnect the quick-connect fitting (A): Hold the connector (B) with one hand, and squeeze the retainer tabs (C) with the other hand to release them from the locking tabs (D). Pull the connector off. NOTE: - Be careful not to damage the line (E) or other parts. - Do not use tools. - If the connector does not move, keep the retainer tabs pressed down, and alternately pull and push the connector until it comes off easily. - Do not remove the retainer from the line; once removed, the retainer must be replaced with a new one. 11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check it for dirt or damage; without SH-AWD system, See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal with SH-AWD system. See: Powertrain Management/Fuel Delivery and Air Induction/Fuel Line Coupler/Service and Repair/Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal 12. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. See: Starting and Charging/Battery/Service and Repair/Procedures Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Specifications Rocker Arm Assembly: Specifications Rocker arm Specifications Rocker arm Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul 3. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 4. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter. 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 6. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is over the limit, replace the rocker shaft and all over-tolerance rocker arms. If any intake rocker arm needs replacement, replace all rocker arms in that set (primary and secondary). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 2012 VTEC Rocker Arms 7. Inspect the rocker arm piston (A). Slide them into the rocker arms. If they do not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm set. NOTE: - Apply new engine oil to the rocker arm piston when reassembling. - When removing the rocker arm piston from the intake secondary rocker arm (B), carefully apply air pressure to the oil passage of the rocker arm. 8. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul 9. Install the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 2013 Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection VTEC Rocker Arm Test VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required - VTEC air stop tool B 07AAJ-R70A200 - VTEC air adapter 070AJ-001A101 - Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 - VTEC air stop tool A 07AAJ-R70A100 1. Start the engine and let it run for 5 minutes, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 2. Remove the six spark plugs. 3. Remove the cylinder head covers. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 4. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise, and visually check all the intake primary rocker arms (A) and the intake secondary rocker arms (B) moves independently. If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move together, remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. If any intake rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. - If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move independently, go to step 5. 5. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 981 kPa (10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi). 6. Inspect the valve clearance. See: Valve Clearance/Adjustments 7. Remove the sealing bolts, then install the VTEC air stop tool B (A) and the VTEC air adapter (B) to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator (C) as shown. FRONT 8. Remove the sealing bolts, then install the VTEC air stop tool A (A) and the VTEC air adapter (B) to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator (C) as shown. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 2014 9. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the specified air pressure. Specified Air Pressure: 550-690 kPa (5.6-7.0 kgf/cm2, 80-100 psi) REAR 10. With the specified air pressure applied, rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise, and visually check all the intake primary rocker arms (A) and the intake secondary rocker arms (B) move together. If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move independently, remove the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the rocker arms move smoothly. If any intake rocker arm needs replacing, replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. - If the intake primary rocker arm and the intake secondary rocker arm move together, go to step 11. 11. Remove the air pressure regulator, the VTEC air adapter, the VTEC air stop tool A, and the VTEC air stop tool B. 12. Tighten the sealing bolts to 22 N-m (2.2 kgf-m, 16 lbf-ft). 13. Install the cylinder head covers. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Installation 14. Install the six spark plugs. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Front 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 2. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws (A). 3. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts, the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts, and the rocker arm assembly. -1 Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence two turns at a time, to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. -2 When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. Rear 4. Remove the cylinder head cover. See: Valve Cover/Service and Repair/Cylinder Head Cover Removal 5. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws (A). 6. Remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts, the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts, and the rocker arm assembly. -1 Loosen the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts in sequence two turns at a time, to prevent damaging the valves or the rocker arm assembly. -2 When removing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the rocker shaft bridge mounting bolts and the rocker shaft holder mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms on the shafts. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 2018 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 2019 Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation Front 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the solid dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 2020 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to top dead center (TDC) before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Rear Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 2021 1. Loosen the locknuts and the adjusting screws. 2. Dry the camshaft oil seal housing. 3. Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the lip of the camshaft oil seal. 4. Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal (A) into the cylinder head. -1 Tap the camshaft oil seal in squarely. Install the oil seal about 0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in.) below the surface of the cylinder head. 5. Insert the camshaft (B) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (C). Always use a new O-ring (D). Apply new engine oil to the journals and the cam lobes. 6. Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted. 7. Install the hollow dowel pin (E). 8. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. See: Overhaul 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 10. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 11. Set the rocker arm assembly in place, and loosely install the bolts. Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positioned on the valve stems. NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the rocker arm assembly. 12. Tighten each bolt two turns at a time in the sequence shown to ensure that the rockers do not bind on the valves. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Rocker Arm Assembly Removal > Page 2022 13. Install the injector base (A). Always use a new gasket (B). 14. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft pulley mounting bolt (A). Install the back cover (B), then install the camshaft pulley (C). 15. Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC before bolting them onto the engine block. See: Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Installation Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 2023 Rocker Arm Assembly: Overhaul Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly Front NOTE: - Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. - Inspect the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection - If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms, the rocker shaft bridge, and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. - If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand, remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. - Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set, and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. - Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. - When replacing the rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new rocker arm assembly. - Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. The circlips are not available separately, and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. To remove the lost motion assemblies, first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. Rear NOTE: - Identify parts as they are removed so they can be reinstalled in their original locations. - Inspect the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 2024 - If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in their original locations. - When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the mounting bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker arms, the rocker shaft bridge, and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft. - If the rocker shaft cannot be removed or installed by hand, remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge. - Bundle the rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set, and remove the bands after the rocker arms have been installed. - Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to all contact points and bearing surfaces. - When replacing the rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new rocker arm assembly. - Never remove any of the circlips that retain the lost motion assemblies in the rocker shaft bridge. The circlips are not available separately, and are factory installed in the rocker shaft bridge. To remove the lost motion assemblies, first remove the rocker shafts and the rocker arms. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal Valve Cover: Service and Repair Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cover Removal Front 1. Remove the intake manifold. See: Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 2. Remove the three ignition coils from the front cylinder head. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 3. Disconnect the exhaust recirculation (EGR) valve connector (A) and remove the harness holder mounting bolt (B) and the harness clamp (C). 4. Remove the harness holder (D) from the bracket. 5. Remove the front cylinder head cover. Rear 1. Remove the strut brace. See: Body and Frame/Frame/Structural Brace/Service and Repair 2. Remove the intake manifold. See: Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 3. Remove the three ignition coils from the rear cylinder head. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 4. Remove the harness holder mounting bolts (A) and the engine ground cable (B). 5. Disconnect the three injector connectors (C) and the two harness clamps (D). 6. Remove the harness clamp (E) and disconnect the breather hose (F). 7. Remove the harness (G) from the upper cover. 8. Remove the engine hanger bracket (H). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 2029 9. Remove the harness holder mounting bolts (A) and disconnect the knock sensor connector (B) and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector (C). 10. Remove the rear cylinder head cover. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 2030 Valve Cover: Service and Repair Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Cover Installation Front 1. Check the spark plug seals for damage. If any seal is damaged, replace it. 2. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the groove. 3. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). Make sure the head cover gasket is seated securely. 4. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 5. Clean the head cover contacting surfaces with a shop towel. 6. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating areas (A). Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 7. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes, and install the front cylinder head cover (B). NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the cylinder head cover. 8. Inspect the spark plug seals for damage. 9. Inspect the cover washers (C). Replace any washer that is damaged or deteriorated. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 2031 10. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step tighten all bolts, in sequence, 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft). 11. Install the harness holder (A) to the bracket. 12. Connect the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) valve connector (B) and install the harness holder mounting bolt (C) and the harness clamp (D). 13. Install the three ignition coils to the front cylinder head. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 14. Install the intake manifold. See: Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation Rear 1. Check the spark plug seals for damage. If any seal is damaged, replace it. 2. Thoroughly clean the head cover gasket and the groove. 3. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). Make sure the head cover gasket is seated securely. 4. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the rocker shaft holder and the cylinder head. 5. Clean the head cover contacting surfaces with a shop towel. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 2032 6. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker shaft holder mating areas (A). Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 7. Set the spark plug seals (A) on the spark plug tubes, and install the rear cylinder head cover (B). NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the cylinder head cover. 8. Inspect the spark plug seals for damage. 9. Inspect the cover washers (C). Replace any washer that is damaged or deteriorated. 10. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step tighten all bolts, in sequence, 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 2033 11. Connect the knock sensor connector (A) and the camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector (B) and install the harness holder mounting bolts (C). 12. Install the engine hanger bracket (A). 13. Install the harness (B) to the upper cover. 14. Connect the breather hose (C) and install the harness clamp (D). 15. Reconnect the three injector connectors (E) and the two harness clamps (F). 16. Install the harness holder mounting bolts (G) and the engine ground cable (H). 17. Install the three ignition coils to the rear cylinder head. See: Powertrain Management/Ignition System/Ignition Coil/Service and Repair 18. Install the intake manifold. See: Intake Manifold/Service and Repair/Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 19. Install the strut brace. See: Body and Frame/Frame/Structural Brace/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Specifications Valve Guide: Specifications Valve guide Specifications Valve guide Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2037 Valve Guide: Testing and Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the valves. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal 2. Subtract the O.D. of the valve stem, measured with a micrometer, from the I.D. of the valve guide, measured with an inside micrometer or a ball gauge. Take the measurements in three places along the valve stem and three places inside the valve guide. The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem measurement should not exceed the service limit. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2038 Valve Guide: Service and Repair Valve Guide Replacement Special Tools Required - Valve guide driver, 5.35 mm 07742-0010100 - Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 2. As illustrated, use a commercially available air-impact valve guide driver (A) modified to fit the diameter of the valve guides. In most cases, the same procedure can be done using the valve guide driver and a conventional hammer. 3. Select the proper replacement guides, and chill them in the freezer section of a refrigerator for at least an hour. 4. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder head to 300 °F (150 °C). Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer. Do not get the head hotter than 300 °F (150 °C); excessive heat may loosen the valve seats. 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber. This will knock off some of the carbon and make removal easier. Hold the air hammer directly in line with the valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. Wear safety goggles or a face shield. 6. Turn the head over, and drive the guide out toward the camshaft side of the head. 7. If a valve guide still will not move, drill it out with a 8 mm (5/16 in.) bit, then try again. NOTE: Drill guides only in extreme cases; you could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks. 8. Remove the new guide(s) from the freezer, one at a time, as you need them. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2039 9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of the new valve guide. Install the guide from the camshaft side of the head; use the valve guide driver to drive the guide to the specified installed height (A) of the guide (B). If you have all 12 guides to do, you may have to reheat the head. 10. Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with cutting oil. 11. Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the valve guide bore. 12. Continue to rotate the reamer clockwise while removing it from the bore. 13. Thoroughly wash the guide in detergent and water to remove any cutting residue. 14. Check the clearance with a valve. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection Verify that a valve slides in the intake and exhaust valve guides without sticking. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2040 15. Inspect the valve seating If necessary renew the valve seat using a valve seat cutter.. See: Valve Seat/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Specifications Valve Seat: Specifications Valve seat Specifications Valve seat Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2044 Valve Seat: Service and Repair Valve Seat Reconditioning 1. Inspect valve stem-to-guide clearance. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection If the valve guides are worn, replace them See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection before cutting the valve seats. 2. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter. 3. Carefully cut a 45 ° seat, removing only enough material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat. 4. Bevel the upper and lower edges at the angles shown in the illustration. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45 ° cutter to remove any possible burrs caused by the other cutters. 6. After resurfacing the seat, inspect it for even valve seating. Apply Prussian Blue compound (A) to the valve face. Insert the valve in its original location in the head, then lift it and snap it closed against the seat several times. 7. The actual valve seating surface (B), as shown by the blue compound, should be centered on the seat. - If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you must make a second cut with the 67.5 ° cutter (intake seat) or the 60 ° cutter (exhaust seat) to move it down, then one more cut with the 45 ° cutter to restore seat width. - If it is too low (closer to the valve edge), you must make a second cut with the 30 ° cutter to move it up, then one more cut with the 45 ° cutter to restore seat width. NOTE: The final cut should always be made with the 45 ° cutter. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2045 8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure the valve stem installed height (A). 9. If the valve stem installed height is over the service limit, replace the valve and recheck. If it is still over the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the valve seat in the head is too deep. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Spring > Component Information > Specifications Valve Spring: Specifications Valve spring Specifications Valve spring Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Specifications Valve: Specifications Valve Specifications Valve Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2052 Valve: Testing and Inspection Valve Inspection 1. Remove the valves. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal 2. Measure the valve in these areas. Intake Valve Dimensions Exhaust Valve Dimensions Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Valve: Service and Repair Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Special Tools Required - Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A Identify the valves and the valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Remove the cylinder head. See: Service and Repair/Removal and Replacement/Cylinder Head Removal 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. See: Service and Repair/Overhaul/Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 3. Using an appropriate-sized socket (A) and a plastic mallet (B), lightly tap the spring retainer to loosen the valve cotters. 4. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and remove the valve cotters. 5. Remove the valve spring compressor and the valve spring compressor attachment, then remove the spring retainer, the valve spring, and the valve. 6. Install the valve guide seal remover (A). 7. Remove the valve seal. 8. Remove the valve spring seat. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 2055 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 2056 Valve: Service and Repair Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Special Tools Required - Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 - Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A 1. Coat the valve stems with new engine oil. Install the valves in the valve guides. 2. Check that the valves move up and down smoothly. 3. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. 4. Install the new valve seals (A) using the 5.5 mm side of the stem seal driver (B). NOTE: Exhaust valve seals (C) have a black spring (D) and intake valve seals (E) have a white or silver spring (F). They are not interchangeable. 5. Install the valve spring and the spring retainer. Place the end of the valve spring with the closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 6. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring and install the valve cotters. 7. Remove the valve spring compressor and the valve spring compressor attachment. 8. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet (A) to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 2057 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications Drive Belt: Specifications Drive belt Specifications Drive belt Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2062 Drive Belt: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Inspection 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged, replace it. See: Service and Repair 3. Check that the position of the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt. See: Service and Repair 4. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2063 Drive Belt: Service and Repair Drive Belt Replacement Special Tools Required - Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Move the auto-tensioner (A) using the belt tension release tool in the direction shown to relieve tension from the drive belt, then remove the drive belt. 3. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Tensioner: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection Special Tools Required - Belt tension release tool Snap-on YA9317 or equivalent, commercially available 1. Remove the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode, and make sure to turn the A/C switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 3. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator (A). Start the engine, then check the position again with the engine idling. If the position of the indicator moves or fluctuates a lot, replace the auto-tensioner. See: Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 4. Install the engine compartment covers. See: Access Cover/Service and Repair 5. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. If you hear any abnormal noise, replace the auto-tensioner pulley. See: Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Pulley Replacement 6. Remove the drive belt. See: Drive Belt/Service and Repair 7. Move the auto-tensioner within its limit using the belt tension release tool in the direction shown. Check that the tensioner moves smoothly and without any abnormal noise. If the tensioner does not move smoothly, or you hear abnormal noises, replace the auto-tensioner. See: Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 8. Remove the auto-tensioner. See: Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement 9. Clamp the auto-tensioner (A) by using a 10 mm bolt (B), a 8 mm bolt (C), and a vise (D) as shown. Do not clamp the auto-tensioner itself. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2067 10. Attach a torque wrench (A) to the pulley bolt. Measure the torque when the tensioner is turned counterclockwise. If the torque is less than the specified value, replace the auto-tensioner. See: Service and Repair/Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement Auto-tensioner Spring Torque 32.8 N-m (3.34 kgf-m, 24.2 lbf-ft) 11. Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement Drive Belt Tensioner: Service and Repair Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Replacement Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Replacement 1. Remove the drive belt. See: Drive Belt/Service and Repair 2. Remove the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 3. Remove the auto-tensioner. 4. Install the auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Engine Mount Control Solenoid: Locations Component Location Index Engine Mount Control System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 2075 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Engine Mount Control Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2076 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications Engine Oil Pressure: Mechanical Specifications Oil pump Specifications Oil pump Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Mechanical Specifications > Page 2082 Engine Oil Pressure: Pressure, Vacuum and Temperature Specifications Oil pressure Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2083 Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection Engine Oil Pressure Test Special Tools Required - Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200 - A/T pressure hose 07406-0020201 - A/T low pressure gauge W/panel 07406-0070301 - A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm 07MAJ-PY4011A - Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A If the low oil pressure indicator stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Remove the oil pressure switch. See: Oil Pressure Sender/Testing and Inspection 2. Install the oil pressure hose, the A/T pressure hose, the A/T low pressure gauge W/panel, the A/T pressure hose, 2,210 mm and the pressure gauge adapter. 3. Install the oil pressure switch to the pressure gauge adapter. 4. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 5. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: 6. If oil pressure is not within specifications, inspect these items: - Blocking of oil filter. - Blocking of oil strainer. - Inspect the oil pressure relief valve. See: Oil Pump/Service and Repair - Inspect the oil pump. See: Oil Pump/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil Capacity Change* Including Filter ...................................................................................................................... ................................................................. 4.5 US qt (4.3 liters) Without Filter .................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... 4.2 US qt (4.0 liters) Total .......................................................................................................................... ............................................................................. 5.3 US qt (5.0 liters) * Excluding the oil remaining in the engine Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2088 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil Type ..................................................................................................................................................... ......................... Premium-grade 5W-20 detergent oil Always use a premium-grade 5W-20 detergent oil displaying the API Certification Seal. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving, and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute's latest requirements. Acura Motor Oil is the preferred 5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It is highly recommended that you use Acura Motor Oil in your vehicle for optimum engine protection. Make sure the API Certification Seal says "For Gasoline Engines." Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2089 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Engine Oil Replacement 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B). 4. Refill with the recommended oil. See: Maintenance/Fluids/Specifications 5. Run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. 6. If the maintenance minder required engine oil replacement, reset the maintenance minder, See: Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators/Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator/Description and Operation and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not require engine oil replacement, go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), or press the engine start/stop button to select the OFF mode. 8. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), or press the engine start/stop button to select the ON mode. 10. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the powertrain control module (PCM). If it does not communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 11. Select GAUGES in the BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 12. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES with the HDS. 13. Select MAINTENANCE MINDER in the ADJUSTMENT with the HDS. 14. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 15. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS instead. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2090 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair Engine Oil Filter Replacement Special Tools Required - Oil filter wrench 07AAA-PLCA100 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. 3. Inspect the threads (A) and the rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Clean the seat on the oil filter base, then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 4. Install the oil filter by hand. 5. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. 6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or v to v v v v ) are printed around the outside of the filter, you can use the following procedure to tighten the filter. Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the oil filter base, and note which number or mark is at the bottom. - Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted. For example, if mark v is at the bottom when the seal is lightly seated, tighten the filter until the mark v v v v comes around to the bottom. 7. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for more than 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 2094 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter Adapter > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter Adapter: Service and Repair Engine Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 1. Remove the oil filter. See: Oil Filter/Service and Repair 2. Remove the oil filter feed pipe. 3. Install two 20 x 1.5 mm nuts (A) onto the new oil filter feed pipe, and hold one nut with a wrench, then tighten the other nut. 4. Tighten the oil filter feed pipe to 49 N-m (5.0 kgf-m, 36 lbf-ft), then remove the nuts from the oil filter feed pipe. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Oil Pan: Specifications Oil pan ................................................................................................................................................. ................................... 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft) Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Engine Oil Pan Removal Oil Pan: Service and Repair Engine Oil Pan Removal Engine Oil Pan Removal 1. If the engine is already out of the vehicle, go to step 6. 2. Raise the vehicle on the lift. 3. Drain the engine oil. See: Engine Oil/Service and Repair 4. Remove the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 5. Remove exhaust pipe A. See: Service and Repair/Engine Removal 6. Remove the rear warm up three way catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket. 7. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor cover (A) and the bolt (B), then disconnect the CKP sensor connector (C). 8. Remove the torque converter cover (A) and the four bolts (B) securing the transmission. 9. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan. 10. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan from the engine block in the places shown. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Engine Oil Pan Removal > Page 2103 11. Remove the oil pan. Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Engine Oil Pan Removal > Page 2104 Oil Pan: Service and Repair Engine Oil Pan Installation Engine Oil Pan Installation 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. 2. Clean and dry the oil pan mating surfaces. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the engine block and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: - If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. - If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply the new liquid gasket. 4. Install the oil pan on the engine block. 5. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step, tighten all bolts, in sequence, to 12 N-m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.7 lbf-ft). NOTE: - Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. - Do not run the engine for at least 3 hours after installing the oil pan. 6. Tighten the four bolts (A) securing the transmission, then install the torque converter cover (B). Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Engine Oil Pan Removal > Page 2105 7. Connect the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor connector (A), then install the CKP sensor cover (B) and the bolt (C). 8. Install the rear warm up three way catalytic converter (rear WU-TWC) bracket. 9. If the engine is still in the vehicle, do the following steps. 10. Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets and new self-locking nuts. See: Service and Repair/Engine Installation 11. Install the splash shield. See: Body and Frame/Splash Guard/Service and Repair/Front Splash Shield Replacement 12. Refill the engine with the recommended engine oil. See: Engine Oil/Service and Repair Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index Oil Pressure Sender: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication System Component Location Index Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009)) TL FWD V6-3.5L (2009) > Acura (Honda) Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Component Location Index > Page 2110 Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009))